\.

i,
I
I
t
I
I
t
I

THEARTOFWOODWORKING

HOMEWORI$HOP
 I
I
WORKSHO
GPU I D E t
LATHE
SPEED
CHART I
FACEPTATE TURNING
SPEEDS SPINDTE TURNING
SPEEDS I
Diameter Upto 2"thick 0ver2"thick Thickness Upto 12"long 12-24"long 0ver24"long
U ot o 8 ' 1 2 5 0R P M 1 0 0 0R P M UpIoZYz" 2 5 0 0R P M 1 7 5 0R P M 1 2 5 0R P M
I
8-r2', lOOORPM 7 5 0R P M 2%-4', 1750RPM 1250RPM 1 O OR OP M I
I2_T8' 750 RPM 3 O OR P M Morethan4" 1250RPM 7 5 0R P M slowest
More 300 RPM slowest speed I
than18"
I
I
TIGHTING
ANDSPACE F()RTURNING
REQUIREMENTS
Turning doesnotrequire a greatdealof lf yourshopis devoted to turn- pleof stepsfromyourlathe.
strictly Thefloor
I
space, butthelayout ofyourshopwill ing,youcanlocate thelatheanywhere needs to bestrongandcomfortable.
depend on thetypeof workyoudo. youhaveroomforit, alongwitha bench M a n yt u r n e risn s t a cl la r p e t i nt o g
I
lf turningrepresents justoneof sever- grinder, a bandsaw,anda reasonablereduce thephysical stress
of standing
al stepsin thefurniture projects you amount spaceforworkin
of storage forlongperiods
andto prevent damage
I
s y o u r progress,
b u i l d t, h ec e n t r al lo c a t i o ni n handtools,andotheracces- to a dropped tool.Install
someshelv-
shopwillprobably betakenbya table sories, likesandpaper. Theplacement ingin a dryareaof theshopforstoring
I
sawandjointer.Inthiscase,locate butsince woodandworkin progress.
latheneara window withenough
the ofthebandsawis noicrucial,
room youwillbesharpening frequently,
A tableor
posi- benchis usefulforanypreparatory
work
t
sotheworkspaceis nottoorestricted. tionthegrinder nomorethana cou- vouneedto oerform.
I
Lighting
BANDSAW
I
Take advantaqe of
aa much natural
linhf aa nnaaihle.
r"""'"'"'
I
uoe an adjuetable
deek lamp for addi- I
Lional a rttfi cta l Iiqht
I
Light'ing
Frovide lt7ht from I
above and Lo the
Clearance
Leave 3 feet of clearance in
rtqhL of Lhe blade; t
porLable clamp-on
front; can be poeittoned a1atnet
a wall. Leave aufftctent opace for
Itqht.can be ueed
I
workin4 on an outboard bed
I
I
BENCH
GRINDER
t
Clearance
No clearance needed on Lhroat-col-
I
Lighting and clearance
umn eide; requtree aL leaeL 4 feet
EeeL locatton ie near lathe
etnce toola requtre frequent
on other atdee for lon7 boarde, Keep t
Itne of work clear. Can be poeitioned
qnndinq. Neede clearance
and liqht on fronL only;
aqainet a wall or in a corner I
portable clamp-on Itqht can
be atmed dtrectly aL wheel I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
WOODTURNING
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
 THE ART OF WOODWORKING

WOODTIJRNING

TIME-LIFE
BOOKS
ALEXANDRIA.VIRGINIA
ST.REMYPRESS
MONTREAL.
NEWYORK
 I
I
I
THE ART OF WOODWORKING was produced by
ST.REMYPRESS
THECONSUIIANTS
I
PUBLISHER KennethWinchester
fohn fordan turns wood in Antioch (Nashville),Tennessee.
Primarily known for his texturedand carvedhollow vessels
I
PRES/DENT PierreLdveilld and small-neckedbottles,he is regularlyfeaturedat major
turning exhibitions.His work haswon numerousawards, I
SeriesEditor PierreHome-Douglas and is in the permanentcollectionof severalmuseumsand
corporations,aswell asthe White House.
SeriesArt Director
SeniorEditor
FrancineLemieux
Marc Cassini
I
Editor Iim McRae GilesMiller-Mead taught advancedcabinetmakingat Montreal
Art Directors Normand Boudreault,Luc Germain,
SolangeLaberge
technicalschoolsfor more than ten years.A nativeofNew
Zealand,he hasworked asa restorerof antiquefurniture.
I
Designers H6lbneDion, Michel Gigubre
PictureEditor ChristopherJackson Betty Scarpino is a professionalwood turner from Indiana- I
Writers Andrew Jones,Rob Lutes pots, Indiana.A former editor of AmericanWoodturner
magazine,shehastaught woodworking and wood turning
ResearchAssistants
Contr ibuting Illu strators
Bryan Quinn, David Simon
GillesBeauchemin,RolandBergerat, coursesin the United Statesand Canada.Her work is featured I
Michel Blais,Jean-GuyDoiron, in many galleries.
RonaldDurepos,RobertPaquet, I
JacquesPerrault,Maryo Proulx,
JamesTh6rien Wood turning
Administrator NatalieWatanabe p.cm.- (TheArt of woodworking) I
ProductionManager MichelleTurbide Includesindex.
ISBN0-8094-9s16-3
SystemCoordinator
Photographer
Jean-LucRoy
RobertChartier l. Turning I. Time-Life Books.II. Series. I
AdministrativeAssistant Dominique Gagn6 TT202.W631994
Proofreader
Indexer
GaretMarkvoort 684'.083-dc20 94-9598
CIP
I
ChristineM. Iacobs

I
Time-Life Booksis a division of Time Life Inc., For information about any Time-Life book,
pleasecall l-800-621-7026,or write:
a wholly ownedsubsidiaryof
THE TIME INC. BOOK COMPANY ReaderInformation I
Time-Life CustomerService
P.O.BoxC-32068
Richmond,Virginia
I
TIME.LIFEINC.
Presidentand CEO fohn M. Fahey 2326r-2068
Editor-in-chief JohnL. Papanek I
@ 1994Time-LifeBooksInc.
AII rights reserved.
TIME-LIFEBOOKS No part ofthis book may be reproducedin any form or by I
any electronicor mechanicalmeans,including information
President Iohn D. Hall storageand retrievaldevicesor systems,without prior writ-
ten permissionfrom the publisher,exceptthat briefpassages
I
Vice-President,
Directorof Marketing NancyK. fones
ExecutiveEditor RobertaConlan may be quoted for reviews.
ExecutiveArt Director Ellen Robling Printed in U.S.A. I
Publishedsimultaneouslyin Canada.
ConsultingEditor
ProductionManager
JohnR. Sullivan
MarleneZack TIME-LIFE is a trademarkof Tirne WarnerInc. U.S.A. I
R 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t CONTENTS
I
I
6 INTRODUCTION 116 TURNING PROJECTS
I 118 Off-centerturning
t 12 SETTINGUP I20 Goblets
L4 Anatomy of a lathe 1,24 Liddedboxes
I 16 Tool restsand lathestands L29 Dried flower vase
r 20 Lathetools L32 Nuts and seedpods
23 Latheaccessories I34 Thbletops
I 26 Measuringand marking tools 136 Laminatedbowls
t 28 Safety 138 Laminatedplates
I 3l Selectingwood
I4O GLOSSARY
I 32 SHARPENING
t 34 Sharpeningtechniques T42 INDEX
I 46 SPINDLE TURNING T44 ACKNOWTEDGMENTS
I 48 A galleryof spindlecuts
49 Settingup
I 53 Basicspindlecuts
I 64 Decorativespindlecuts
73 Split and carvedturnings
I 79 Finishing
I
82 FACEPLATETURNING
I 84 Mounting methods
I 96 Bowl turning
I 103 Hollowing out the bowl
111 Natural-topbowls
I
I
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
'l [\
 i#'

I INTRODUCTION
t
I
I
BettyScarpinodiscusses
I
THE BASICSOF
TURNINGWOOD
s an industrialartsstudentat theUniversity of Missouri14yearsago,I first
usedthe lathe to spindle turn thepedestal for thetablein thephotograph. Since
my
then, techniques and knowledge have grown and matured-as has the field of
woodturning itself.
While I stillenjoymaking traditional spindle-turned furniture
andobjects, I alsolikewhatI seeothersaccomplishing. Multi-centeredandsculptural
turningshave pushed backthefrontiersof whatcanbecreated on thelathe.
Aswith anycraft,woodturningdemands a strong foundation in thebasics: the
properties of wood,toolsandtechniques, anddesignconsiderations. Buildingon
thisknowledge givesyoutheabilityto express yourcreativityin a hostof challeng-
ingways,fromthetraditionalto theavant-garde.
Spindleturningrepresents oneof thebasics thata woodturnershouldmaster.
Amongotherthings,it improves toolcontrol,whichhelpswith faceplate turningas
well.Asa professional, full-timewoodturner,I structure my teaching aroundthe
basics; it givespeoplea placeto start,andit helpsmeto continuelearningin the
process. FromtheIndianapolis Children'sMuseumto WoodenBoat Schoolin Maine
to theOntarioWoodShowin Canada, I havederivedtremendous satisfaction from
watching youngandoldgettinghookedon turning.Oneof mygoalsaspasteditor
of.AmericanWoodturnerwas to providereaders with a knowledge of thebasics and
to enticethemwith examples of whattheycouldaccomplish.
Thegrowinginterestin turningisfocused primarilyon makingbowls;newideas
of whatbowlsandvessels shouldlooklikeabound.I, too,amfascinated with face-
plateturning,asit holdspotentialfor development in yearsto come.Muchof myface-
plateworkisnotfunctional; thepieces aresimplylovelyto behold.
AsI continueto explorethevastarenaof woodturning,I havebecomemoreand
moreawareof thecomplexity anddiversityof thecraft.Thefieldiswideopen,ready
to beexplored, andI amhappyto beimmersed in whatpromises to beanexciting
andrewardingcareer.

BettyScarpinooperatesa woodturningstudioout of her homein

Indiana.A former editorof lrrnericanWoodturner,
Indianapolis,
Scarpinotravekthroughoutthe UnitedStatesand Canadateaching
and demonstratingherwoodturningexpertise.
 " t
INTRODUCTION
I
I

JohnIordantalksabout
I
THE,ARTOF I
I
WOODTURNING tn
tflre
S*il
hn
' % .
rSIffi
m

1il
l I
oodturninghascomeof age.Thelast10yearshaveseena tremendous increase
EE!e!S'!rIi.,:r :

'
i
I
i'r.G ;

in the numberof peopleinterestedin the craft-from hobbyiststuming in their

basement shopto professionals makingalivingwiththeirlathes.
Woodturningasanartformbeganin the1940s withthelikesof BobStocksdale,
MelvinLindquist, RudeOsolnik,andthelateJames Prestini.
Althoughworking
independently, theywerepursuingthesamegoals: refinedandelegant turnedwood
objects, whether functionalor purelydecorative. The1970s andearly'80s sawanew
generation of turnerswillingto pushtheboundaries ofwhatwasesthetically accept-
ableandtechnically possible:MarkLindquist turningspalted woodandusingchain
saws to producesculptural objects;DavidEllworthpioneering theuseof benttools
to produce thin-walled hollowturningswithincredibly smallopenings; BillHunter
carvingandsculpting theoutsideof vessels afterthepiecewasturned.
TheAmerican Association
ofWoodturners, now5,000members strong,wasformed
in 1985. These days,anannualsymposium of theAAWprovides easyaccess to infor-
mationandinsfuctionforanyone interestedin ttresubject.
Worlshops aroundthecoun-
try aswellasboolaandvideotapes, alsofrrlfillthesamerole.
I havebeensupporting myselfandmyfamilyasa full-timewoodturnerfor the
pasteightyears,sellingmy workthroughgalleries andcraftshows,andteaching
woodturningthroughouttheUnitedStates andseveral othercountries.Although
I teachbowlturning,theworkthatI doisprimarilyhollow-turned vesselsfeaturing
carvedandtexturedsurfaces. Theyareturnedfromgreenwood,withthegrainori-
entedparallelto theaxisof thelathe,alsoknownasspindleturning.Thisprovides
morestabilityasthewooddries.I amalways aftertheperfectcurve,thefineline,
thesubtledetails.
Therearemanyvalid approaches andwaysto turnwood,andI wouldliketo offer
justthreebasicrulesto helpaspiringturners:
1.SHARP TOOLS: Notonlyaresharptoolsmuchmoreeffective, theymaketurn-
ingalot morefun!A largepercentage of theproblems youexperience will bedirect-
ly caused bytoolsthatarenot assharpastheyshouldbe.
2.TURN:Thereisno substitute for timeon thelathe.Experience counts.
3. HAVEFUN!-Don't besoserious thatyoucan'tenjoytheprocess. Turnjust
for thejoyof turning,improvingyourskillsandmakingshavings, knowingthatyou
don'thaveto producea finishedproducteverytimeyouturn.

woodturnerfrom Antioch(Nashville),
IohnJordanis a professional
He hasproducedtwo videoson woodturning,and his
Tennessee.
worksareon disolayin severalmuseumsand corDorations.
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
-l
I
t
"aq
I
I
 INTRODUCTION

BonnieKlein on

THE APPE,AL
OF
TI-]RNINGWOOD
f turn simplyfor theloveof thecreative process. I am addictedto discovery,progress,
I. and the fact that while perfectionis foreverelusive,yesterday's challenges often
becomethebasicskillsof tomorrow.I lovethe distinctsmellof thevariouswoods,
thesoundof shavings astheyarecut by a sharptool,andthequickness with which
a form emerges from a blockof material.
In thepastI haveenjoyedmanyothercrafts,suchasspinning,weaving, andbas-
ketry.Eachoffersits ownappealtothesenses: thearomaof spinningfreshwool,the
soundof a shuttle,thesmellof wetreedsfor a basket,andtheclickingof knittingnee-
dles.Experimenting with turningunusualmaterialssuchasbone,plastic,taguanuts,
aluminum,and horn hasled to manymoreinterestingsensations for eyes,ears,
hands,andnose.
I havebeenmakingthingsfor asfar backasI canremember, but whenI discov-
eredwoodturningmorethan20yearsagoit becamemy favoritewayto createsome-
thing. It startedwhen my daughterwanteda doll house.During the processof
building,lighting,andfurnishingthehouse,I becameinterested in thesmall-scale
toolsI neededto use.Maybethatfascination camefrom thefactthatmy fatherwas
oncea builderhimself.
About eightyearsago,I designed and beganproducinga smallwood turning
lathe,liketheoneshownin thephotograph. My machinehasa 5-inchswingandis
l2 inchesbetween centers. A wide range of accessoriesis available
includingchucks,
tools,a threaded jig, and an indexingplate. This was a new beginning for whatI like
"small-scale
to call turning," and what has developed into an areaof its own in the
woodturning world, with tools,
classes,projects, and even gallery
shows.
Oneof thegreatvirtuesof a smalllatheis its portability.Manypeoplenow take
a lathewith themto useat craftfairs,on vacation,or southfor thewinter.I am able
to travelwith 10lathes,tools,andwoodin thebackof my vanto teachclasses. There
aremanyschooldistrictsthat have purchased severalsmall lathesandthe necessary
tools-all for thepriceof a largelathe.Shopteachers thequietness
especiallylike of the
machineandthefactthatmanyof thesmall-scale projectsmaybeturnedfiom scraps.
Because woodturningis somethingI feelstronglyabout,I havevolunteered many
hoursof teachingturningto kids.I am involvedwith turningfull time and I feel
veryfortunatethatI am ableto earna goodincomefrom sellinglathes,tools,turn-
ings,andmy expertise.

BonnieKleinisa woodturnerin Renton,Washington. Sheisfea-

turedhereturninga spinningtop-one of herfavoritesmall-scale
productionitems-on theKein lqthe,whichshedeveloped in 1985.
t
I
t
I
I
I SETTNGI.IP
I
I
I
hewoodlatheis perhaps the tially the sameasthoseusedby
I oldestof all woodworking modernwoodworkers (page14).
machines. Primitiveformsof this
t tool wereusedby the Etruscans
Indeed,manywoodturnerspre-
fer olderlathesto newerones,
in the 9th Centurv B.C. And
I throughoutitslonghiitory thetool
refurbishingthem and setting
themon stands of theirownmak-
hasbeenusedin virtuallythesame ing (pageI8). Woodworkers
t way.Somewhat likeapotter'swheel beneficiaries
were
of technological
laid on its side,thelathespinsa advances
t woodblankwhilea turnershapes
in machining madedur-
ingtheIndustrialRevolution when
thewoodwith chisel-like tools.The latheswereadaptedto turn met-
t Iathemakesit possibleto shape als,aswellaswood.Thisnewfield
woodintoflowing,roundedforms broughtthewoodturnera wide
I in awaythatothertoolscannot. rangeofchucksandaccessories to
Theearliestlatheswerehuman- Turningblanlcsaretypicallyavailablein holdthemostdelicateandtricky
I powered, with a pieceof cord shortpieces.Someof themorepopulnrexamples ofturnedobjects, fromgobletsto
wrappedaroundtheblank,con- areshownin thephotoabove.Resting atopa lacebobbins.
I nectedto a springysaplinganda zebrawoodboardaresamplesof tulipwood,king- Thechapterthat followsis an
treadle.
With a fewmodifications, wood,and ebony.For a selection
of thebest introductionto thelatheandthe
I this evolvedinto the polelathe woodsfor turning refertopage31. took (page20) andaccessories(page
popularwith Britishbodgers, who 23)neededfor turningwoodblanl$
I traveledfrom town to town,workingfreshlyfallentrees intofurnitureparts,bowls,andotherfinishedproducts. Also
into chairs.Flywheels anddriveshafts wereaddedto the includedin thechapter isa sectionon safety precautionsand
I design,andthelatheemerged asoneof theengines behind equipment (page28).
themassproductionof Windsorchairsin themid-18th Thelatheremains oneof themostpopularwoodworking
I Century.Turningbecamea specialized trade. tools,andwoodturningis a craftwith anintriguingcachet,
r With thecomingof theIndustrialRevolution,
engine-powered
heavy-cast likecarvingor marquetry.
lathesforevertooktheelbowgrease out latheenables
It isnothardto understand
thewoodworker to turn something
why:A
beautiful
of turning.With minor changes, theselatheswereessen- fromnothingmorethana stickof wood.
t
r
I Turnedlegsand otherfurniturepartsareshapedon thelathe
in a processcalledspindleturning.In thephotoat lefi,a wood
I blnnkis mountedbetyveen thelathe\fixed headstockin the
upperleft-handcornerand theadjustabletailstocknearthe
I centerof thephoto.Thetailstockcanslidealongthelathebed
to accommodate thewo*piece.Theblankwill beturnedinto
t a cylinderand thenshapedwith a varietyof turning tools.

I
I
 I
ANATOMYOFALATHE I
I
\ [ f henyouchoose a lathe,consider a benchtop.Thelatheshownbelowisa and the bed,which limits the diameter
I
Y Y carefi.rlly
thetypeof turningyou typicalfreestanding
modelusedforboth of blanks. Capacityis the distance
will bedoing.Somemodelsaremade spindleandfaceplateturning. betweenthe headstockand tailstock,
I
specifically
forfaceplate
turning,in which Lathesizeis measuredin two ways: which limits the length of blanks.The
theblankis securedonlyon thehead- swingand capacity. Swingis twicethe weight of the lathe is important, as
I
stock.Othersaresmallenoughto reston distance betweentheheadstock spindle greaterweight providesstabilityand
I
I
HeadEtoak
Holda blankafor both
faceplate and opindle Tool reat
Tailatock epindle
A hollowahaft with a reveree t
work;central ahaft Provideagupport and fulcrum taper that holda centers in a
that turna epindleie point for toioilswhenturning, friation fit to turn apindlework: I
attached to motor Heiqht of reat can be adjuoted turn in4 t aiIatock handwheel
via drive belt. Remov-
able coverallowoac@6s
and lockedin place with lever;
reet can be rotated to the deair-
advanceaand retracte apindle
t
Tailstoak
to drive belt and
indexinqhead
ed anqle for faceplate turnin7
Spindle loak handwheel I
Lockatail- Advanceeand

Faceplate
etock epindle retracte tail-
otock epindleto
I
tn PEC9
Locking lever aecure workpiece
Standard lathe
attachment; Lockatail- I
blank is fas- atock in place Tailstoak
tened to face- 1ecureaone I
plate whiohia end of blank
then threaded
onto headatoak
for apindleturn-
in6.9lideaalonq
I
apindle bed to accom-
modate blanka I
of different
len6the I
I
t
I
Onloff t betweenheadetock and
ta1atoak to poeition tool
ewitch
-...tL-L

reet wiLhre1pec7 to Eed

I
workpiece:Iockin4lever Made of two
gecures baee to bed caet-iron or I
tubular steel
tracka, or
wava.tvpicallv
I
"
up\""ii't
incheaaparL; t
accurately
maahinedeo t
that tool baae
Variable epeed aontrol lever
lncreaeeeor decreaaeaapeedof
and tailstock
olide emoothly
I
apindlerotation without ohuttin7
off the lathe; pulledout, and turned
I
to chan1e6?eed
I

t
I
I
I SETTINGUP
t
I damoens vibration.Anotherfeatureto twosetsof steppedpulleys;
othermod- threads,
andlathebedfor wear.Make
consideris how easyit is to change elshavevariable-speedpulleysystems surethe tool restand tailstockrun
I largerworkpieces
speeds; mustbeturned thatallowthespeedto bechangedwith- smoothlyandall lockingleverswork.
at lower speedsthan smallerones. outswitchingoffthetool. Alsomakesurethatthespindlethreadis
I Changingthe speedof somelathes Ifyou decideto buy a usedlathe, ifnot, chucks
standard; undotheracces-
involvesswitchinga drivebeltbetween checkthe motor,bearings,spindle soriesmustberethreadedto fit.
I
I HEADSTOCK
ASSEMBTY lndexinq head
I Enableaapindleto be rotated a preset.number of de1reeab5r
hand whencarvinq flutea, reeda,and apiral turninqo on a blank.
Fixed-width pulley
Featurea one rinq of 60 holea epaced 6" aparb around the head
I Featurea four adiuatable
otepe. On lathee'with vari- and another of B holea epaced45' aparL;indexinqpin ia inaerbed
able-apeedadjuatment, in a hole whencarvin7 ie bein1done and taken out to rotate apin-
I apindleapeed ia chanqed dle. Lathe muat be awitched off durin7 entire operation
by manually movinqbelt
I from one etep to another: 5pindle nut
on variable-apeedmodela, Looeenato removeapindlefor
I belt ie lefb as ia replacinqbelta and bearinqo

I Headatoak epindle
Threadedhollowahaft to which
I variouachucka are ecrewedin
place; ranqea from %inch to 1%
incheain diameter.Hollowis
I Indexing pin Morae-taperedto hold varioua
Fita into holea in indexina centere with a fricbion fit
I head; ineerLedto hold
headatock apindle eteady
and retracted to rotate
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I The1951s-vintage WadkinBursgreen
latheisprizedfor its machiningcapaci-
I tiesand innovativefeatures,suchasa
brakethat stopsspinningblanksquickly
I and a removable bedsegmentnearthe
t headstock to accommodate
meterfaceplatework.
large-dia-

I 15
I
 I
TOOL RESTSAND LATHESTANDS I
T
I tool restactsasa fulcrurnfor your
I
A t u r n i n gt o o l s p
, r o v i d i r ragf i x e c l , iiju*lr ITJ UJ LU LI,I UJ I.!.J LU LU tU lu.lLUru**
horizontalweight-bearing surfacefor I
balancing andbracinga toolasyoucut 5HO7Tt? I
into a spinningblank.Thetool reston
a latheis madeup of two parts:a tool Weighinqdown a lathe
baseand the detachable restitself,The
b e c a u s el u r n i n g w o o d c a n
\ri ,
I
c a u e e a q r e a f ,d e a l o f v i b r a -
basecanslidealongthe lengthof the
lathebed,according to the needsof
t i o n , a l a L h en e e d sf , o
be aq qf.ahle ac. nn".qible.
I
thework.Thetool restmountsin the E v e nL h e b e s t l a L h e
base;the heightand angleof the rest i e a n i n e f f i c i e n La n d
I
areadjustable so it canbe positioned d a n g e r o u om a c h i n ei f
parallelto thelathebedfor spindleand i L i s n o L w e i g h e dd o w n I
faceplate work,perpendicular to the p r o p e r l y . 7 i n c em o e L
bedfor faceplate work,or at an anglein m o d e r nl a l h e s t a n d o I
between. In addition,thebaseirndrest are madeof lighlweiqht
canbe mountedon an outboardbed
at.eel if. ic. ner.eaaarrr g6 I
w e i q ht r h e md o w n w i l h
for large-diameter faceplate turning.
Therearea numberof differenttool
c e m e n Lb l o c k so r o a c K o I
filled wiLheand, as shown \ ti'
restsfor specialized turning tasks;
a selectionis shownbelow.
he re, lo reduc e vibraf,ion
a n d n o i e e .S o l t i n qt . h e
I
lalhe to your workohoV
f l o o r i s a n o t r h e ro V L i o n . t
I
I
TOOLRESTS I
Standard tool baae
5-ahaped I
bowl reat
)ltdee alongthe laLhe
bed; featuree a fiLLinq for
Ueedfor turning
the outeideand
I
tool rest ehaft. A lever-oper- ?tandard tool reat. inerdeof bowla
ated cam mechaniem locke baae
tn poeiLion on Lhe bed. Daae ahown te
Mounl;e in Lool baee for I
7eneral faceplaLe and epin-
the Lype thaL comea with moeL lathee dle work: comeo wtth lathe
I
Tall tool baae thort rest Right-anglereet I
Ueed on lat.hea wtLh lower Ueedfor emallerepindle MounLedin eLandard
out;board beda for Lurnin7 and faceplatework:Lypi- LoolreeltLo Lurn bowl
blanke; Ion4 eide te poet-
I
larqe faceplate work. thie cally 6 tncheelonq
baee te 4 inchee taller
than et;andard baaee;
Lioned perpendrcular to
lat he bed to Lurn face of bowl, whtle I
a lever-operaLed cam ohorc eide ie poeitioned parallel Lo
mechantem te used Lo taLhe bed to work etdeo. Lonq etde I
lock the baee tn poottion Lyptcallymeaeuree 7 tnchee
Long reet
Mountedin I
two eLandard
tool baeeo for lon7 epindle work; t
avatlabletn 18- and 24-tnch lenqLhe
I
t
t
I
T
I SETTINGUP
I
t DRESSING
A TO()LREST
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
Smoothing a worntoolrest
I B e c a u sa e t o o l r e s ti s m a d eo f s o f t e r

I ffi,r i* ijii lll Jl,liil'iljlll lbiiillliliiiilli il* l[ s t e e tl h a nt h e s t e e lu s e df o r t u r n i n g

tools,it will eventually developlowspots,
m a r k sa, n dn i c k s l. f n o tr e m e d i e dt h, e s e
I 9HO7Tt? imperfection wsi l l b e t r a n s f e r r et o
d the
b l a n k sy o ut u r n ,o r m a k et h e t o o ly o u
I A dju oti n g Iath e h eight,
a r eh o l d i n sgk i pa n dp o s s i b lcya u s ea n
T h e h e i g h Lo f a l a t . h ei e c r u c i a l
a c c i d e n tY. o uc a nd r e s sa t o o lr e s te a s i -
I t o effictenN t u r n i n 7 .C o m m e r cai l
l y w i t h a s i n g l e - c ubta s t a r m d i l lf i l e .
l a t h e e L a n d sa r e o l L e n I o o l o w ,
H o l d i n tgh e f r l ei n b o t hh a n d sa t a n
I w h t c hc a n m a k e i l d i f f i c u l L | o
c o n N r oyl o u r t u r n i n g l o o l e . Y o u a n s l p i n i h p r p c . i n r r c h i t : n r n c c iLhr reu tL nv yn

aloo may Niremore as a resulL. surface(above). Makea seriesof over-

I A e a r u l e o l l h u m b , L h eh e i q h f , l a p p i n gs t r o k e u s n t i ly o ur e m o v eallthe
r o f a l a l h e ' ss p i n d l e o s h o u l d
b e l e v e lw i l h y o u r e l b o w e .
n i c k sa n d h o l l o w fsr o mt h e r e s t ,t h e n
s m o o t ht h e s u r f a c e w i t h 2 0 0 - g r i st a n d -
l f n e r ' . e c c a . rJ t' Jvvnv l r.nn Tgigg
v 4 ' '
p a p e ro r e m e r yc l o t hf o l l o w e db y a l i g h t
I your latheto Nhe?ro?er
a p p l i c a t i oonf f l o o rw a x ,b u f f e ds m o o t h .
heightby bolNing
tt to eolid
I blocksof densehardwood n
witrhfoam rubberqluedt o F -.-
r Lheirundersides. i--.::-_,,

t
I
I
I
 I
SETTINGUP I
I
I

t
A LATHE STAND A lathestandneeds to beheavy and sawa triangular notchfromthebottom
Olderlathesareprizedbywoodturn- solid,liketherugged shop-built version of eachlegto makefeet.Joineach I
ersbecause theywereoftenbuilt shownbelow, constructed primarily pairof legswithtwocrosspieces,locat-
betterthannewermodels. Theonly from2-by-6s. Themotoris mounted ingonecrosspiece justabovethefeet I
problem is thatthesevintage lathes behind thelathe,withthepulleys under andthe other7Yz inchesfromthetoo
oftenlacka standor a working motor. a safety guard.Thestandalsofeatures of the legs.Cuttheshelff romtwo I
F o r t u n a t eiltyi,s e a s yt o e q u i pa a wooden tension pedalthatallows 2-by-6s, andscrewthepieces to the
lathewithboth.Lathesneedless youto release belttension andstop lowerlegcrosspieces. I
powerful motors thanmoststationary thespindle instantly.
Refer to theillus- Next,installthetop,cut fromtwo
machines. A%-homodel thatrunsat trationforsuggested dimensions. 2-by-6s anda pieceof %-inchplywood. t
1725RPM-halfthesoeed of a table Forthestand,startbycuttingthe Screwthe boards andtwobraces to
sawmotor-willdo. legsto lengthfromfour2-by-6s, then the upperlegcrosspieces, thenfasten I
I
Safety
guard %-hPmotor I
Lathe bed
I
I
t
ToP
I
'1"x11"x51"
I
On/off
switch l % x 5 ' 1x 4 5 "
I
Croeapiece
1'1"x5'/,,"x11" I
I
Hinged
tenoion
I
pedal Leg
1'/"x5'1"x34"
I
thelf I
1'/l'x5'/"x48"
I
Croaapiece
11"x51"x11"
I
I
I
I
l8 I
r
I
I SETTINGUP
I
t
t
I
i n s t a l l e dA. t t a c ht h e t e n s i o np e d a l
t w i t h a n o t h e hr i n g et o t h e u n d e r s i d e
o f t h e s h e l f ,d i r e c t l yu n d e rt h e m o t o r .
r B o r eh o l e st h r o u g ht h e t o p ,t h e s h e l f ,
a n d t h e p e d a tl o a c c o m m o d a t he e
I w i r et h a tw i l l c o n n e ct th e p e d a tl o
t h e m o t o r - m o u n t i nb go a r d A . ttach
I a l e n g t ho f h e a v y - g a u gwei r et o t h e
u n d e r s i doef t h e p e d a la n d p a s si t
I t h r o u g ht h e t h r e eh o l e sy o u d r i l l e d
a n d o v e rt h e h e a d s t o c kN. o w p u s h
I t h e m o t o r - m o u n t i nbgo a r dt o w a r d
t h e I a t h ea n d h o l dt h e w i r ea g a i n s t
I i t . K e e p i n gt h e t e n s i o np e d a lf l a t
o n t h e f l o o r ,p u l lt h e w i r et a u t .C u t
I the plywood t o t h e 2 - b y - 6 sa, s s h o w n Next,makeandinstall thetension t h e w i r e a n d s c r e wi t t o t h e b a c ko f
a b o v eB . o l tt h e l a t h et o t h e t o p o f pedal.Connected bya lengthof wire t h e m o t o rm o u n t i n gb o a r d( b e l o w ) .
t t h es t a n d . to themotor-mountlng plate,
thiswood- R e l e a steh e m o t o rt;h e t e n s i o np e d a l
S c r e wt h e m o t o rt o a m o u n t i n g en pedal you
willallow to slacken the s h o u l dr i s ef r o mt h e f l o o r .T o c h e c k
I b o a r dc u t f r o m% - i n c hp l y w o o dT. h e n drivebeltwithsimplefootpressure, t h e n e d a l s t e nn n i t t h e w i r es h o u l d
f a s t e nt h e b o a r dt o t h e t o p w i t h b u t t disengaging themotor fromthehead- p u l lt h e m o t o r - m o u n t i b no g a r da n d
I h i n g e s ot h e s t e p si n t h e m o t o rp u l l e y stockandstopping spindle rotation. m o t o rt o w a r d tsh e l a t h e ,r e l e a s i ntgh e
a r ei n l i n ew i t h t h e h e a d s t o cpku l l e y Cutthepedalfrom2-by-4stockso t e n s i o no n t h e b e l t .
I s t e p s( b e l o w )M . o u n tt h e d r i v eb e l t thatit willextend outfromunder the Lastly,installan on/offswitchfor the
o nt h e p u l l e y s . shelb f ya b o u4t i n c h ew
s h e ni t i s m o t o ra t t h e f r o n to f t h e l a t h es t a n d ,
t a n d p l a c ec o n c r e t e b l o c k so r o t h e r
h e a v yo b l e c t so n t h e s h e l ft o w e i g h
I downthe standand reducevibration.

I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 19
t
 I
LATHETOOLS I
I
, i nlikeotherstationary
'., machines,the Cuttingtoolsaremost oftenusedin has a tendencyto overheatduring I
,l latheis not equipp.d*ith blud.t spindleturning,wherethegrainof the grindingand with continuoususe.
or bits.Instead, you needto buya setof woodrunsoaralleltothelathe'saxisof Turningtoolsmadeof high-speed steel I
turningtoolsto do your work.These rotation.Thesetoolsincludegouges, (HSS)retaintheiredgeup to sixtimes
toolsresemble woodchisels,exceptthey andpartingtools.Scraping
chisels, tools longerthan carbonsteel,makingthe I
aretempered andshaped differently,
with areusuallyusedin faceplate turning, additionalexpense worth it in thelor-rg
longerhandlesandbladesfor bettercon- wherethe grainrunsperpendicular to run.In fact,sometools,likedeep-flut- t
trol andleverage. theaxisof rotation. ed bowl gougesand largescrapers, are
T[rning toolscanbedividedinto two Traditionally,all turningtoolswere onlyavailablein HSS.Whethertheyare I
basicgroups:cuttingandscraping tools. madeof carbonsteel,but thismaterial madefrom high-speed or carbonsteel,
I

CUTTING
TO(ITS
I
I
I
Featureaa roundedbody
for makin4beadeor pommelo; I
An7ledcuttin7 tool uaed easterto control than a otraiqhL
for makrnqbeada,V-cuta,and ekew.Availabletn %- and 1-inchwidthe I
ahouldercuta and for emoothin4aur-
facea;beveledat 42' on both top and bottom.
Availablein widLhabetweenI and 1'/,inchea
I
I
I
Radiusedekew I
A stratqht okewqiven -\
a curved ed4e on the 7rtnder:
enables complex emoothin4 cuto to
Diamond-shaped
tapere from 5/u
parttnq tool f,hat
inch wideat center of blade
I
to /s inch wide aL the edqeo, enabling it. to cut
be made withouL dt4qtnq inLo the work
with leaa frictton Lhan atandard partina tool t
t
I
9tandard partin7 tool
Narrowcutting tool uaedfor makin7
I
otzing cuto; beveled on top and bottom at 5O'.
Available in /-- and'/.-inch widLhe Cuttinq tool uaedto rou7h
I
ouf,cylinderofrom aquareeLock
for epindlework:beveledaL 30". Avail' I
able in widthebetween% and 1%inchee
Fluted parting tool
Tartinq tool with covealonqthe
I
boLLom:Laperefrom t/u to'/a inchat the
top of btade.Twoleadin7apuraat the bottom t
ecore outlineof cuL ftrat, reducinqfriction and bindinq
I
I
20 I
I
I
I SETTINGUP
I
I turning tools shouldalwaysbe kept In their questfor bettertools,somewood
sharp,usingtechniques described in turnersdesigntheir own. California
I the following chapterbeginningon engineerand wood turner lerry Glaser
page32. A blunt tool is an accident developeda line of nrning toolsusing
I waitingto happen. A-11high-speedsteel,someof which are

t Thereis a bewilderingvarietyof turn-

ing toolson the market,yet only eight
shownin thephoto at right. The hollow
aluminum handlesarefilled with lead
to 10areneeded to undertake mostcom- shot to dampenvibration and give the
I mon turning.A beginner's tool kit is proper weight to the tool. Someof the
outlinedbelow at right. handlesand bladesare interchangeable.
I

I 9pindle gouge
r thallower than bowl
qouqeewith a finqernailgrind
beveledat 3O": uaedfor cuLttnqbeade
I and coveaand for 4eneralepindlework.
Availablein widthe between%and %inch
I
I tseadingtool
)quare chiaeluaed
I to producebeadeand V-
qroovea;beveledat 60". Avai'
A WOOD BASICTOOLKIT
TURNER'S

labletn %-and %-inchwtdtha . A l-inch roughinggougefor rapid

I removalof stock betweencenters

I Eowlgouge
.2 skewchisels: a %-or f-inch tool
f o r p l a n i n ga n dt a p e r i n ga;n da % - i n c h
Deeper-fluted toolfor finerworksuchas shaping
I veraionof the epindle
qouge;uaedin ehapinq
curvesand makingdecorative cuts

bowlo,cupa,and other face-

t 'plate
b e t wwork.
een% a n d % i ntnc widLha
Available h
.2 spindlegouges:a %-or 1-inch
tool for generalspindleturning,and
a tl-inchtool for finerspindlework
I . A %-inchdiamondsectionparting tool
for partingoff and makingsizingcuts
I . A %-inchbowlgougefor faceplate
Deep-flute
I bowlgouge
A bowlqougewtLha deep-
t u r n i n go f b o w l su p t o 1 0 i n c h e si n
diameter

t er fluLeuaedtn roughin4and
finiehinqbowls,vesaela,and other
. A %-inchdeep flute bowl gougetor
faeonlaio trrrnino
faceplatework.Availablein widtha
I between'Aand 3/,inch . A%]nchroundnosescraperlor
upconcave
cleaning surfaces
and
faceplate
work
I hollow
. A 1-inchsquare-end flal-
scrapertor
I Square-endchieel
teningandsmoothingconvexsurfaces
)imilar to a skewchisel
I but groundotratqhf,acroee;
availablein %-and 1-inchwidtho
I
 I
SETTINGUP I
I
I
SCRAPING
TO()TS
I
t
I
Square-
end ecraper
--<
I
Uaedfor flattentnq Skew
and amoothinqconvex
faceplaf,eworksuch ae the
Side-
autting sarapere
6AraPerg
Anqled 1%-inch
I
outeide of bowla;cuttin4 ed4e 9 pecialized%-inch ecrazero equare-endacraperfor
beveledon the underetdeat-BO'. ueedon the insideof bowp ana roundingconvexaurfaces and I
Availablein widtha between%and 1 inch other hollowfaceplatework markingconcenLilccute in
faceplatework;comeain left-
and riqht-handedmodela
I
I
t
I
t
Round-
noae qaraPer
Domed ocraper I
Versionof round-noee
Oenerat-purpoee Half-
ecrapin4tool for emooth- round aara?er
ecraper for makinqfine
ohearinqcute and finiah-
I
in7 and finiahin7concaveeur- Larger1%-inchveraionof ing inaideof bowleand
facee in faceplate workeuchaa
bowle or hollow veeeela;available
round-noaeacraperfor heavy- other hollowfaceplate I
duty bowlwork;comea in left- work:availablein widLhe
in widtha from % Lo 1 inch and right-handedmodele between%tolinch I
I
SPECIATTY
T()(lTS I
Hook tool
Fatterned afLer apecialLygwediah wood-
Diek ahiael
Featureaa 1-inch
I
Lurningtoola; ueed in end-Trainhollowinq. beveleddiek at Lip:
thort hookie for hollowworkwith aradual tip ie removable I
inLeriorcurvea:lonq hookia for forms for aharpeninq
wrth tiqht int.ernalcurves,such ae a
neckedvaee.Sold without handlee
I
t
I
hollowin7of vaaea,boxes,
and other hollowturninqe:idealfor
areae difficult to reach with a bowlaouae.
I
lnterchangeable cuttinq ringeare aharpenedon
Lheinaidebevel;removedand installed'witha eetecrew, I
Krnga are 5/a,7aand elainch in diameter
I
I
22 I
I
I
I
LATHEACCESSORIES
I
I ountingstockin a latherequires
Ifyouare
basicaccessories.
several A COTTECTION
OFCHUCKS Three-wayeplit ring ahuck
I turningbetween or spindleturn-
centers, Uaedto mount lon7 hollow
)
turninga euchas qobleta
t ing, you will needa varietyof centers
that fit in the headstockandtailstockof
L
Arboracrewahuck 1 and vaaeato the head-
Uaedto mountface- J" atock; beveledrinqe fit into
the machine(page24). Thesecenters
I grip the blank at both endsasit turns.
plate workto the headetock; aizinqcut made in work'
pieceand lock a7ainet
mounts in pilot holedrilled
Faceplate turnings,suchasbowlsor beveledinternal face of
I plates,canbe screwedto a simpleface-
in workpiece,Includeaa
2%-inchbackin4waaherfor chuckcollar.Fart of combi-
plateand threadedonto the headstock. Iarge work:aome models nation chuck evetem
I Smalleror moredelicateturnings,suchas
feature adjustable acrews
lacebobbins,shouldbeheldby a chuck.
I Thereis a widerangeof lathechucls,
eachservinga differentpurpose,from / Lpiootanua* Dovetail chuak
I the simple screwchuck to the scroll
t\\
Rk\:-./4
) il Ueedto mount
f a c-.-,
er'
nIaLe work Usedto mount
Nl Illi---;,;fiiiil
rllry'." i bowla and other
chuck.Thelattercomesfrom the field of Nllllllr'"r"' w Yneneadgt'ock;
I faceplate work to

I
metalworkand featuresthreeor four
jaws that open or closearound the arr 222":;,:,:,::;i;'1" the headstock; ae
acrew collar ia
workpiece.Somechucksaredesigned I ii",ii!,,"J',f,),^,
'e,:T;:";:"i':;*
tiqhtened with
wrencheaahown,
t ascombinationchucks,and comprise
a numberofparts that canbe reconfig- - beveledjawe expandaqainet a dove'
tailed receas turned in base of work-
I ured to hold stockin severalways. f viY:#;,?^:,?# piece.Fart of combinationchuakeyetem
- chuckoyotem
I Pin ahuak
Uaed whenrouqhin1
I
r v \^
out lar4e face-
plate blanka
mounted to the
headetock: ineerted
-r;fT"L into hole bored in workpiece.
raaops onuoK
I 'J'.:;-l#:,i":;,,,\.W Fart of combinationchuckayetem

I turnina workin r" A

headsiock or borin7 attach'
Four-jaw saroll ahuck
Another combinationchuckoya-
mento in the tailatock: fea'
I turee Morae taper ahaft
tem that can be uaed as a dove-
tail, api4ot, pin, or ocrew
chuck;jawo expandand
I conLractron 9lraeaa9
chuak acroll ia rotated
I with wrencheeahown. W
Larqerjawo can be added
t Bowlscanbemountedfor finishing
with a setof widejaws,an
t theirbases
accessoryfor a four-jaw scrollchuck.
Thejaws holdthebowlrim with rubber
I stoppersthat arescrewed into a seriesof Threading aaaeeeory
holes.Somemodelshave adjustableslots Latheji6 uaed to turn external and
I in additionto theholessothejaws can
internal threada in faceplate workpieceo.Turnedwork-
pieae
'ie with chuck or faceplate ia mounted in iia which
I holdirregularlyshaped faceplatework; then inetalledon lathe'bed:cutter and Jacoie cnucx
themodelshowncanbeusedwith bowls are mounted in headatoak. Workis then advanced
up to 10inchesin diameter. into cutter by turninq handwheelto cut threada
I
I
I 23
t
 I
SETTINGUP I
I
I
(lF CENTERS
A SETEGTION
I
Cone center
Two-apur drive center
Uaedwith a livecenter
to oupport hollowwork-
I
Mounted in headatock pieceathat are heldat
epindleto center and
drive epindlework; ,)
the headstockend only: I
conehaa aeveralotepe
point centere the
workpiecewhile Dead aenter
of decreaein4diametere t
chiael-likeopura Mountedin tailatock epindle
enqaqeana f,urnit. Featurea to center and drive I
Morae taper shaft; uaeful with epindlework;featuree
blankewhoeeendaare not gquare Moraetaper ahaft.
Kemainafixed with
Laae-bobbinoenter
Mountedin head-
t
reepect to epinning
work;eomelubricationia needed.
atock to turn emall
workauchaa bobbine;
I
Modelehownie a cup center, fea- featurea Morae taper
turin7 raiaed rinq to prevent eplit- ahaft, Tapered I
tin7 of emall work 6quare hole will
hold stocks/a-to
%-inchequare
I
Live aenter
Four-epur drive aenter
Mounted in headatock apindleto
Mounted in tailatock apindleto
center workpiece;featurea Morae
I
taper ehaft. Larqehub containe
cenherand drive epindle work;fea-
turee Morae taper ahaft. )ffere bearinqa,allowin4center t
better qrip and drive on 6quare- to 6pin with the work,
cut worKthan two-opur center elrminatinqfriction I
I
t
illlrllttllltll]Ill1
llfllll tlllllltlljjtll]illlfil]l]ilflt]llllfilJ
llli I
9HO7Tt? I
tharpening a drivecenter I
Drivecentere ehouldbe kept'
ae eharpaeyourturninq
toole.lf the ezurbor ooinlof a
I
drivecenlerare dullor chipped,
Lheywillnol 4rip lhe workpiece
I
VroperlybeLween cenNere, reoulNinq
t
in an off-centermounlina,To
eharpena drivecenter,qrind
a 35' bevelon the undereideof I
eachepuron a benchqrinder,ae ehown
here.Donot keeVthe opuroon lhe wheel I
too lonq,ae the heat,qeneraledmay eofLen
Nhem. Thenremove Nhecent.erpoini with a I
hexkeyand eharVeniNt o a uniformtaper.
ReVlace lhe Vointin Ihe centereo lhat iNprotrudee
'/oinchbeyond the oVure,and,tiqhNenit, with lhe key.
I
I
I
'tA
I
I
I
I SETTINGUP
I
t
I
I
TWORACKS FOR TURNING TOOTS
I Keepyourturning toolsorganized and
x 36" withinreachwithoneof theseshop-
I builtracks. Theyaresimpleto make;
adaptthedimensions in theillustra-
I tionsto accommodate yourtoolcol-
lection. Therackshownat top is
I madefromYo-and%-inchPlywood; it
features spacers to separate thetools
I 9ide
% "x 2 1 " x 2 4 "
anda bracethat orevents themfrom
fallingforward. To maketherack,
I cuttheback,top,bottom, andsides
of theframeandscrewthe pieces
I together. Mountthespacers to the
backwitha screwat thetopandbot-
I tom,spacing thestripseuery 2%inch-
es.Finally, position thebraceabout
I Top/Eott'om
1 inchfromthe bottomof the rack
'1"x21"x36" andscrewit to everysecond spacer.
I t/it x 2'/it x 34'1"
Therackshownat bottomrelieson
a magnetic barto holdtoolsupright.
t Instead of a frame,thisrackfeatures
a'/uinchplywood backing panel.Cut
I thelipfromsolidwoodandborea row
of 2-inch-diameter holesto accom-
I modate thehandles of yourturning
Eackpanel tools;drilleachholehalfway through
I %"x24"x30"
the lip andspacethem2/zinches
apart.Attachthe lip f lushwiththe
I bottomof the panel,drivingscrews
fromtheback.Toposition themag-
I neticbar,seta fewof yourtools
upright in therack-including the
t shortest one-andmarka lineacross
theoanelat thelevelof theblades.
I Screw a 1-inch-square stripof wood
to thepanel overthelineandgluea
t Magnetic bar
1"x1"x30" magnetic stripto thewoodwithcon-
tactcement.
I Asa safety consideration, whichev-
er rackyoubuild,mountit beside-
x 30"
I n o tb e h i n d - y o ul ra t h eT. h i sw i l l
e l i m i n a thea v i n tgo r e a c ho v e tr h e
I toolwhileit is running.

I
I
I 25

I
 I
MEASURINGAND MARKINGTOOLS t
I
espiteitsvisualappealandempha- Thecommercial centerfinder shownin I
"feel"
sison asa methodof judg- thephotoat left takestheguesswork out
ing theprogress of a workpiece,wood of mountingspindlestockto the lathe. I
turningis an exacting craft.Toobtain Thejig isparticularly usefulfor round
therequired precision,theheadstock
of and octagonalstocltandfor remounting
I
yourmachinemustrun smoothlyand workoncethewasteendshavebeencut
true,andtheworkpiece mustbecare- away.Theblankis heldin thebottomof I
fully centered. thejig, rappedwith a mallet, rotateda
Thetoolsillustratedbelowandon quarterturn, and thenhit again.The I
page27will helpyouto setupyourlathe two linesscoredon the endwiII indicate
andaccurately measure theprogress
of thecenterofthepiece.For addedconve- I
yourwork.Usethemwell;it is difficult nience,mountthe jig on a wall.
to judgeabowlbdepthby eyeor dupli- I
catethecontoursof aturnedlegwithout
a setofcalipers. I
I
CHECKING
THEBEARII{GS
F(lRRUNOUT
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Usinga dialindicator I
lf yourlatheis an oldermodel,checkthe bearings periodical- thedialto zerofollowing
themanufacturer's
instructions.
Turn
ly for runout-theamountof wobblein thespindle. Clampa theshaftof the latheby hand;thedialindicator
will register
I
dialindicator to a magnetic baseandposition it withits bearingrunout.lf the runoutexceeds
0.005inch,the bear-
plunger touching the lathe'sspindle(above),
thencalibrate ingsshouldbereplaced. I
I
26 I
I
t
I SETTINGUP
I
T
ANDMARKING
MEASURING F()RW()OD
TOOLS TURNING
I
lnaide calipera
T Combination calipere Uaedto determineineidediame-
Feature a seL of inaidecaliperaaL one end ter of hollowturninqa;available
I and a eet of outside caltpereat Lheother; in 4-,6- and B-inchepana /
ueeful for eizin4 lide to fit turned boxee.
T Availablein 6- to 12-inchapane

T
I
Dial aalipers
I Uouallyuaedto meaeurzwallthick-
Outeide calipera nesa;makeaprecieeinaideand out-
I Ueedto determinethtckneae
of aptndleor faceplate work;
stdemeasurementa.Graduated
in'/ooo'inchincrementa
availablein 4-,6- and B-
I tnchepano

T Compase
Uoedto ecrrbea
T circle on a blank;
typical apan io 6
to B inchea
T
I Double-endedcalipere
Featurea eet of dutside calipereaL each end.A dimen-
eion Lakenat one end ia automaLicallytraneferred
T to the other; caltperedo noL haveto be removedfrom
workpieceto take meaaurement.Availablein B- and
I
Center finder
T Quicklylocatee center
of equare, round, or
T octagonalapindleetock
up to 6 inchee wide;fea-
turea ateel ecorin4
I blade to mark stock

I
I
Depth gauge 9izing tool
A ehop-made4au4econaietin4of a woodhandleand two Attached to a beadinqor partinq tool,
T dowelsuoedto determineLhedepth of bowlaand hollow ae ahown,for producinqaccurate
turnin4e;the lonqerdowelfeaturee depLhincremente. diametera in apindlework;knob
I Modelshowncan meaoure oppoeitecuttinq edqereeto
bowleup to 17incheein aqaineteptnntng blank
I dtameter aa cutter reduces
thickneee

T
I
T
T
I
 I
SAFETY T
I
I Ithough turningisconsidered to be turning.Thespeedmustbecompatible producedby turning,eyeandfacepro- I
A a relativelysafepursuit,it isnotfree with the sizeand weightof the work- Wooddustpacks
tectionareessential.
ofdanger.Gettingyourfingerspinched piece;seethe front endpaperof this somehiddenhazardsas well. Exotic
I
between aspinning blankandatoolrest book for a chartindicatingthe appro- woods,suchasrosewood andtulipwood,
is onlyonehazard. Mostturningacci- priatespeeds for variousturningoper- producetoxicdustthatcancauseserious T
dentscanbeattributed to mountinga ations.Finally,neverusea cuttingtool eye,throat,and skin irritation.Weara
blankonthelatheimproperly, or using for somethingit wasnot designedto do, dustmaskor respiratorwhenturning I
inappropriatespeed or tooltechnique. andmakesureyour toolsaresharp. any woodandequipyour shopwith an
Carefullycentera blankon thespindle The safetyaccessoriesshownbelow adequatedustcollectionsystem. A shop-
T
andcheckthatyouareusingtheprop- areasimportantassharptools.Because madedusthood for thelatheis shown
er speedfor thejob beforeyoustart of the largeamountof chipsand dust onpage29.
T
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
T
T
I SETTINGUP

I
I
.-^
T
I
A DUST HOOD FOR THELATHE
I Turning cangenerate a greatvolume of wastewoodand
dust.Builtentirely from%-inch plywood, the dusthood
I shownat leftcanbe positioned directlybehinda work-
pieceto drawchips,shavings, andsawdust fromyour
I latheandconvey thisdebristo your dustcollector. Refer
to the illustration for suggested dimensions. Makethe
I standhighenough for the hoodto sit at the levelof the
workpiece whenthe baseis on the shopfloor.
T T o b u i l dt h ej i g ,c u tt h eb a s ea n ds t a n da, n dc o n n e c t
joint.Next,cutthefoursides
themwithan edgehalf-lap
I of thehood,starting withi2-inch-square pieces andtaper-
ingeachto 6 inchesat the back.Use glue andscrews
I to connect the pieces. Cuta panelto fit the opening at
the backof the hood,beveling its edgessothat it fits
r snugly.Usea sabersawto cut a holefor a dustcollec-
tionhose, thenglueandscrewihe backpanel to thehood.
I Attachthe hoodto the standwiththreeanglebrackets
on eachsideof the stand.Thefrontof the hoodshould
T protrude overtheedgeof thestandto balance theassembly.
To usethejig, inserta dustcollector hoseintothe
I backpanel.Placethedusthooddirectly behindthework-
pieceandturnon the dustcollector before youstart
I turning. Youcaninstallcasters at thebottom of thebase
a n ds t a n di,f d e s i r e d .
I
I
I
I TURNING TIPS
SAFETY
o Donotwearlooseclothes, necktres, or . E n s u rteh e r ei s a d e q u a lt ieg h t i nfgo r . W h i l et u r n i n gc,o n c e n t r aotnet h ew o r k
T r i n g sw h i l et u r n i n gr ;e m e m b teorr o l l y o u rw o r kT. h el a t h es h o u l dh a v ea s a t h a n da, n di a k ef r e q u e nbtr e a ktso
u p y o u rs r e e v e s . m u c hn a t u r al il g h ta sp o s s i b l p
e l; a c ei t avoidfatigue.
i f y o u rs h o ph a so n e .
I . Wearappropriate at
safetyequipment
b ya w i n d o w
. Always workwithtoolsthatareproperly
a l lt i m e s . r W h e nu s i n gt h e i n d e x i npgi n ,m a k e s h a r p e n eDdu. l lt o o l sa r em o r ed a n g e r -
T s u r et h eI a t h ei s u n p l u g g et odp r e v e n t o u st h a ns h a r po n e s
. M a k es u r et h el a t h ei s p r o p e rgl yr o u n d - t h es p i n d lfer o mr o t a t i nagc c i d e n t a lbl ye;
e d ,a n do n i t so w ne l e c t r i c cailr c u i t . sureto disengage the pin beforeplugging . Keepthetoolrestascloseto thework-
I i n t h el a t h e . p i e c ea sp o s s i b w l ei t h o uitn t e r f e r i nwgi t h
. W h e nf i n i s h i n gd ,o n o tu s el a r g ec l o t h s , y o u ra b i l i t yt o u s ey o u rt o o l sp r o p e r l y ;
T a st h e ym a yc a t c ha n dp u l ly o u rf i n g e r s . Checkfor defectsin thewoodyouare rotatetheworkby handfirstto seethat
i n t ot h ew o r k . p l a n n i ntgo t u r n ;a v o i db l a n ktsh a th a v e i t t u r n sf r e e l y .
twists,splits,or knots.
I . Checkthe speedof yourlathebefore
youturnit on;do notuseexcessive speeds. . Always usethecorrect
o D on o to p e r a tteh el a t h eu n d etrh e
toolfor thejob. i n f l u e n coef a l c o h oolr m e d i c a t i o n .
I
I
I 29

T
 I
SETTINGUI) T
I
CH AN G ITNHGELA T HSEP E E D T
1 Loosenins thedrivebelt
I T oc h a n gteh es p e e od na t a t h teh a t
r
f e a t u r esst e p p epdu l l e y su,n p l u g
the I
m a c h i naen dl r f to p e nt h eh e a d s t o c k
c o v e rS. t e nn n t h p t p n s i n nl e v e tro d i s e n -
g a g et h e r a t c h e at n d r a r s et h e m o t o r ,
I
r e l e a s i nt g
h e d r i v eb e l tt e n s i o n
eningthe belt (right).
a n dl o o s - I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r)
I
Changing the speed
L f o s e t t h ed e s i r e d s p e e df,o l l o wt h e m a n u f a c t u r e irn' ss t r u c - y o up l a nt o t u r n ,P o s i t i otnh e d r i v eb e l to n t h e a p p r o p r i a t e I
t i o n sf o ra d j u s t i ntgh e p o s i t i oonf t h e b e l t .( O nt h e m o d esl h o w n , s t e po n t h e m o t o rp u l l e ya n dt h e na l i g ni t w r t ht h e c o r r e cst t e p
t h e s ei n s t r u c t i o nasr ep r i n t e do n a n a m e p l a toen t h e u n d e r - o n t h e h e a d s t o cpku l l e y( a b o v e )O. n c et h e d r i v eb e l t i s i n I
s i d eo f t h e h e a d s t o ccko v e r .R ) e f e tr o t h e f r o n te n d o a o ef ro r p o s i t i o ns,t e po n t h e t e n s i o nl e v e ra g a i nt o l o w e rt h e m o t o r
a c h a r t h a tw i l l h e l py o us e l e c t h e r i g h ts p e e df o r t h e b l a n k a n dt i g h t e nt h e b e l t .C l o s et h e h e a d s t o ccko v e r . I
T
30 I
I
I
I SELECTINGWOOD
I
I { n someways,selecting woodfor turn- andplanls,smalloffcutsat thelumber- sources. Seethelist belowfor thechar-
I ing is like choosinglumberfor any yardor fallenfruit treesat a localorchard acteristicsand usesof somecommon
I woodworkingproject.Stockshouldbe canprovidethe neededraw materials. turning woods.
freefrom defects,suchasknots,splits, Turningis typicallydonewith hard- While it is preferableto turn wood
I checks,and shakes. Blanksfor spindle woods,as softwoodsare often inca- thathasbeenair-driedor kiln-driedto a
turningshouldbe straight-grained; for pableof renderingsharpdetail.Exotic moisturecontentof 8 to l0 percent,green
I bowlsandotherfaceplate work, grainis woodsarepopularwith manyturners woodcansometimes beused.Blanlsfor
lessof a concern.In fact,a wildly figured because of their strikingfigure;how- Iarge,deepbowlsaresometimes bestcut
I pieceof woodcanyielda stunningbowl. ever,many arebeingharvestedat an from a freshlyfelledtree.Yetwhilegreen
In other ways,selectingwood for alarmingrateand somearescarceand wood is easierto turn, it shrinksmore,
I turning has someadvantages: Since veryexpensive. Checkwith your local and end sealershouldbe usedto helu
woodturnersarenot limitedto boards dealerfor exoticsfrom well-managed preventexcessive checking.
I
I A SETECTION
OFWOODS
FORTURNING
I
WOOD
TYPE CHARACTERISTICS
ANDUSES PRICE
ANDAVAILABITITY
I Apple Hard,toughwoodwithattractive straight grainandfine,even Moderate; plentifu
relatively I
texture; lightsapwood, reddish-brownish heartwood. Goodwork-
t ability;accepts finisheswell.Excellent forsmall,ornate turnings.
Cocobolo A heavy, densetropical exoticwithmedium texture andstraight Expensive;
scarce
I to irregular grain;purple, orange, rustandyellowin colorwith
blackmarkings. Moderate workability; f inishes wellandtakes
T a highpolishyetproduces noxious dustwhensanded. Used
for smallspindle turningprojects suchasvases, cutlery and
I toolhandles.
Mahogany Straight to interlocked grain,moderately coarse texture, light Moderate;
becoming
scarce
I reddish-brown to mediumred.Goodto excellent workability,
depending on species; takesfinishes verywell;a tough,strong
I woodforgeneral turning.
Maple Straight grain,occasionally curlyor bird's-eye, f inetexture; red- Inexpensiveto moderate,
I dish-brown heartwood andwhitesapwood. Goodto moderate dependingonfigure;
workability; accepts finishesverywell.Hardanddense, maple plentiful
relatively
I is suitable forgeneral andfineturning.
0livewood Interlocked grainwithfine,eventexture; yellowish-brown with Expensive;
rare
T variegaied streaks. Moderate to difficultworkability; accepts fin-
ishes verywellandtakesan unusually highpolish. ldealfor
I ornate turning.
Pear Straight grain;f ine,eventexture; pinkish-brown to reddish- Expensive;
rare
I brown. Excellent workability;takesa highpolish. Typically used
forfine,ornate turning, andmusical instruments.
I Rosewood Straight to interlocked grain,depending onthespecies; golden- Expensive;
becoming
scarce
brownto dark,purplebrown. Goodworkability; accepts finishes
I well,provided thespecies is nottoooily.Usedforfineturning.
Tulipwood grain,
lrregular medium-f inetexture; richgolden-pinkish hue Veryexpensive;
scarce
I withsalmon to redstripes. Difficultworkability; splitseasily.
Accepts finishes verywell;canbebrought to an unusually high
I polish, yetproduces noxious dustwhensanded. Usedforsmall,
orn:to ir rrninoc
I
I
I 31
r
flafifftd""ii''' . *
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I SWENNG
I
I
I
I lI -
(rrarylwwr:ai€.''-.Y::'-,:1:,]:::1e;;.i;..l;..;;;;;;n*;;|;;i;-
rJ woodturnine.Dullc
*,::"#H.,liffi#Sf:Xfffffifi:
I I r -
Takethenecessa
results.
I
onyourlathe.
I
I Thereis somedisagre
turnerSastowhatthisangleshouldbire.|onceyouhavechosen.asharpening
I for everytool.Butaslon! asa bevelis Thesecret to raisinga burrona method,youwill needto dgvelop atech-
eitherhollow-ground (coicave)or flat, scraper-anessential stepin the Seasoned_turners sharpen free-
t it will work rill. ,q,ryou gainexperi- sharpening pTsgs5s-i5 toapply
{qu::
hand,butforthebeginner, acommercial
ence,youmaysettleuporiangleithat lightpressure asyouholdthe sharpening jig for useona grinderis a
I suit your style of turning. Grinding is blade against thegrinding wheel. worthwhile investment. Thereisawide
discussed on page 34. range ofsharpening stonesandwheels
I Not surpriiirigly,thereareseveral waysto sharpen turn- available.Theinventory_on page35and.the chartof grinding
ing tools.A fe* t*ners do all theirsharpening with bench- wheels onpage36shouldprovide. youwiththeinformation you
I stones and slipstones. Others sharpenexclusivelyon a grinding need to make aninformed ptrchase.
wheel. Thisisa quickandeasy methodof formingtheedge you Liketurningtools,grindersthemselves requiremainte-
T need, particulaily midway ihrough a turning project when nance. Dressingthewheeloccasionally (page36)willensurethat
youw;nt to touch up an edge quickly.A wheel,however, may your tools are.being
sharpe.ne{ by fresh abrasive particles.
I ieaveroughmarkson the6lade,preventing it from cut:ing Checkyourwheelsfor cracksby tappingthem:A wheelin
cleanly an"dcausing it to dull quickly-As
relatively shownin thii goodconditionwill producea ringingsound.Asanadditional
I chaptbr, there is igood compromisef Startby rough-sharp- safety weareyeprotection
precaution, whenever yougrind.
I
I
I
I
I
A wet/drygrinder is valuablefor sharpening
I turning tools.Itswheelrotatesmoreslowlythan
benchgrinder,reducingthe
that of a conventional
I riskthat thetemperof thetoolwill bedestroyed.

I 33
I
 I
TECHNIQUES I
SHARPE,NING
I
f) eforeyou cansharpena turning tapers,or otherstraightcuts.A finger-
lJ tool,thebevelanglemustbeground nail-groundspindlegouge,with edge
properly.Thegrindingrequirements of cornerscut back,or relieved, will make I
cuttingandscrapingtoolsareverydif- a bettertool for turningbeadsandcoves.
ferentbecause of thewavthevareused Skewchiselsmay be groundstraight I
on thelathe.Thebevelof a cuttinetool across or curved,depending on theuse. eharpenedbevel;
mustrub on thestockat all timestJ helo Seepage37 for an illustrationof thetips containga mixture I
controlthecut.lf theangleis toosharp, of variousturningtools. of chromiumdtoxide
thetoolwill beharderto controlandthe As you grind a bevel,it is criticalto and other fine abraaivea I
cuttingedgewilldull quickly.But if the createa single-faceted bevel,thatis,one
bevelangleis too steep,you mayhave with a continuousface.Thiscanonlybe I
7mail otlatonesand water-
to hold the tool almostverticallyand achieved by keepingthebevelperfectly
applyexcessive pressure. Scrapers, on flat on the wheelasyou grind.Thejig
6ton66 used'ro honebevela
of turninq toola; convex,
I
the otherhand,shaveawaywoodwith shownon page39 will helpyou with a concave, and conical
a burr. The anglestheyrequiredepend troublesometool, the roughing-out atoneg are auited I
on the typeof scraper you areusing. gouge.If you usea grinder,thebevelwill to curvaLureaof
Not only bevelangle,but the shape havea shallowconcave shape,matching
varioueqouqeo t
of the tip-whether straightacross, the curveof the grindingwheel.Avoid
skewed at anangle,or curved-is impor- usinga wheelsmallerthan 5 inchesin I
tant to considerwhen grindingyour diameter;the degreeof curvaturewill
tools.A square-ground spindlegouge, makefor a weaktool tip. Grindingon a
I
with a tip groundperpendicular to the beltsander(pagea|)wily-teld a flatbev-
bladeshaft,isbestfor turningcylinders, el,whichis equally effective.
I
I
Any oiletone,water-
I
btone, or diamond-
atone uged Lo I
hone bevel
I
I
I
I
Dreaeer
Uaedto Lrueor reohape4rinder I
wheelaand expoaea freah cuf,ttnq
aurface.)tar-wheel dreeoer (below,
top) hae up Lo four etar-ehaped
T
wheele:diamond-poinL d reeser
(below,boLtom) ieaturee a dtamond T
eet in a bronzef,ipand meLalahafL
I
Thegrinderisa mubipurpose toolfor thewood
I
turner.Here,thenickedcuttingedgeof a skew
chiselissquared grirtdingthebevel.
before
I
I
I
)+ T
I
I
T SHARPENING
I

I
T
I

Adjuatabletool reat (riqhl) mounta to

I benchin front of 4rinder; featurea a 4-inch-
widetable with a alot for olidin7jiqa and
I cente r- d ri IIed fo r rotati ngji ge. Skew-q ri nd-
ingjiq (above,top) holdaakewsat20" anqle,
Benah grinder
t Grindin7 or abraaivewheel(lefr,-handoide) equareo
pivota on center pin to qrind radiuaed
akewa,and folda out of the way for free-
and eharpenebladea;cloth wheel(right-handeide) hand 1rindinq.)lidinq aharpeninq ji4 (above,
I poliaheethe bevelnear the cuttinq edge,Featuree%-
bottom) clampa toola under croaabar and slides
to%-hp motor; eye ahielde,adjuetable tool reste, and in 4roove in table
I wheel4uarda are standard on most modele;bench-
top qrindera are uauallybolted to a workaurface

I
I Neoprene Felt
wheel
r Rubber
4rindinq/aharp-
wheel
Availablein soft, medium,or
hard; dreased with buffin4
eninq wheel;availablein four
I qrite. Ueedfor qrindinqand
compoundto pertorm final
potr9nrnqoTcu'Etnqeaqe
eharpeninq;provideea aharp
I enou4hed4efor turninq with-
out additional buffinq or honin7.
I Wheelmuat turn away from
tool edae to prevent it from
Aluminum-
oxide
catchiiq on Lhe wheelaurface wheela
I Standard
qrindin7 wheela,
I Wet"ldry grinder
Large 10- inch water-bath ed
availablein 6- and B-inch
aizes and a ranqe of qrita
wheelhonee bevela;water pre-
I vente toole from overheaiing
Adjuatable tool reat
and carriea away metal
and eharpeningjig
I and qrit. Five-inchdry wheel
Toolreat with tiltinq table (above,iop)
uaedfor qrindin7.Each
mounts to benchin front of 4rinder;
I wheelequippedwith an
adjuatable tool reat
table haa alota for elidinq tool 7uidee
and four eettinqe on side bracket to
I adjuat table to auitable anqle for
bowlqouqea,opindle1ouqee,and ry
ekewa.Availablewith acceoaory tool 7uidea
I for 7ouqeeand akewa(above,lef:") and for
etraiqht chisela and acrapera (above,riqht).
I Diamond-pointwheeldreeser (tar riqht)
ridee in alot in table to dress arinder wheel.
I

I 35
t
 I
SHARPENING I
I
WHEET
GRINDING IDENTIFICATI(|N t
Choosinga grinding
wheel t
Thewheels ongrinders
supplied areusually foruse
toocoarse carbonsteeltools,andthenhonewitha benchstone, buya
withturningtools.A widevarietyof replacementstones are w h e eml a r k eAd 8 0 H 8 V .T h i sm e a ntsh ew h e eils a l u m i n u m T
available, therightoneis nosimplematter.
butselecting You oxide(A),finegrained (80),andrelatively soft(H),witha medi-
needto decipherthecodesmarked onthesideof thewheels, umstructure orconcentration of abrasives (8).Theparticles are I
describrngtheircompositionandabrasive quality.
Thechart bonded together bya process of heatandfusion,knownasvitri-
thesecodes.(Theyareusually
belowwill helpyouinterpret fication (V).Forhigh-speed steeltools, a medium hardness of I I
foundsandwiched betweentwonumerical manufacturer's
sym- or J is better.lf youplanto useyourtoolsrightoff thegrinder,
lf youplanto usea wheelto grind
bolsonthesideof thestone.) choose a wheelwith a grainsizeof 100or l2O. I
STAI{DARD
MARKING CHART
SYSTEM
I
ABRASIVE
TYPE A:Aluminum
oxide C:Silicon
carbide zirconium
Z:Aluminum
I
ABRASIVE 30,36,46, Fine:70,80,90,100, veryfine:220,240,280,320,
8, I0,12,14, Medium:
coarse: I
(GRAIN)
SIZE 16,20,24 54,60 1 2 0 ,1 5 0 ,1 8 0 400,500,600
GRADE Soft Medium Hard I
SCATE H
A B C D E F G I J K L M N O P Q R S T V
U W X Y Z
STRUCTURE Dense 0pen
I
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 eIc I
BOND - BF:Resinoid
B: Resinoid - E:Shellac
reinforced - R:Rubber
- 0: Oxvchloride -
TYPE RF:Rubber - -
reinforced S: Silicate V: Vitrified t
Courl,aevof Lhe American NaLionalItandarda Inot ituf,e I
DRESSING
A GRINDING
WHEEL I
Truingthewheel
A grinding wheelshouldbetruedwhenridges
I
or hollows
discolored.
appear on thestoneor it becomes
Youcanuseeithera star-wheel or
I
a diamond-ooint dresser. Forthestar-wheel
d r e s s esrh o w na t l e f t ,m o v et h e g r i n d e r ' s
t
toolrestawayfromthewheel.Withtheguard I
i n p o s i t i o ns,w i t c ho n t h eg r i n d ear n db u t t
thetip of the dresser against
Then,withyourindexfingerrestingagainst
thewheel.
t
the tool rest,movethe dresser
side.To usethediamond-point
fromsideto
dresser (lnset),
I
9tar-wheel
dregger holdthedevicebetween
thumbof onehand,set on the
the
it
index finger
tool
and
rest,
I
andadvance it towardthe wheeluntilyour I
indexfingercontacts thetoolrest.Slidethe
tip of the dresser across
your
lightlywhilekeeping fingeron thetool
thewheel,pressing I
r e s t .F o re i t h e d
r r e s s ecr ,o n t i n u u
edgesof thewheelaresquareandyouhave
e n t i lt h e I
exoosed f reshabrasive. I
I
36 t
I
I
I SHARPENING

I
I T()()LS
TURNING
GRINDING
I T h ea n g l ea t w h i c hy o u p r e s e nat t o o lt o
t h eg r i n d ewr i l l d e t e r m i nt he ea n g l eo f
I t h e b e v e lT. h ed i a g r a ma t r t g h ts h o w st h e
a n g l e sa t w h i c hg o u g e ss, c r a p e r sa,n d
I s k e wc h i s e l s h o u l db e h e l dt o t h e g r i n d -
i n gw h e e tl o p r o d u c es u i t a b l eb e v e l s .
I
I
I
I
I
I
TURNING
T()()L
TIPS Round-nosedecraper
I (paqe 45)
Fnr ahe ar arran'tnn

Ringtool
I (pase 44)
qnnd bevel to BO',
leavinq a burr on
Comeepre- the ed4e; for qen-
I 4rouna [.a eral ecraptng, a 30"
correclt 0evel Lo 45" anqleworkabeLLer.
I )ome turnero uoean anqle
of 75'to BO'for both
I 1kewchisel(paqea2)
tt,nea nf arraninn

Grtnd beveloao they

I meet.at 40'to 5O';
Lyptcallycomeewtl,h Radiueed akew
I cutt tn4edqean4led
aL20'to 30'
Qage 4?)
Hae a eli7htly
rounded cuLttnq
I ed4e:4rrndbevele
eo LheymeeL
Eowl gouge (paqe al)
I Grrnd bevel Lo 55' anqle. A ftnger-
aL 50" to 60"
nail 4rtnd ta ahown aL IefL, wtt h cor-
T nera of cutttn4 edge qround back
from cutttn4 edqe Lo keep Lhe Lool 9pindle gouge
I from diq4in4 inLo eLock; eome turn-
era uge a eLrat7hL-acroeegnnd
(paqe40)
Grind bevelLo
v6" 2nntp..4n h2
t qtvena ftngernailor
etrai4ht-acroee 4rind
I Roughinq-outgouge
(pase 3B) Parbing tool
I Orind bevelto 45" anqle; (pase44)
cutt in4edqeie qround Gnnd bevele
I etratqhl,acroog eo t.hey
meeLaL 50'
I
I
I 2'7

I
 I
SHARPENING I
I
SHARPENING
A ROUGHING-OUT
G()UGE I
1
Restoring thebevel I
I P o s i t i ot nh es u a r da n dt u r no n t h e
machine. Holdinftne bladebetween the I
fingers andthumbof onehand, setthecut-
tingedgeonthetoolrestandadvance it I
untilthebevellightlycontacts thegrind-
ingwheel. lf youwantto change thebevel I
angle of thecutting edge, adjust thetool
restto thedesired angle. Withyourindex I
fingeragainst thetoolrest,rollthebladeon
thewheeluntiltheentire edgeisground, I
keeping thebevelflatonthewheelat all
times.Continue, checking thebladereg- I
u l a r l yu,n t i l t h ec u t t i n eg d g ei ss h a r p
and
thebevelangleis correct. To prevent the I
bladefromoverheating, occasionally dip
it in waterif it is carbon steel,or remove I
i t f r o mt h ew h e etlo l e t i t c o o li f i t i s
h i g h - s p e setde e ll.f y o u rg r i n d ehr a sa I
f e l to r c l o t hw h e e lu, s ei t t o p o l i s h the
cuttingedge(sfep2). Otherwise,
s l i n s t n n p l\ n a o p l f' ie)t '
usea r
rsbe

I
I
I
I
I
r) Polishing the cuttingedge
L Movethe tool restout of the way,turn I
o n t h e g r i n d e ra, n d h o l da s t i c ko f p o l i s h -
i n gc o m p o u n a d g a i n stth e f e l t w h e e fl o r a I
f e w s e c o n d st o i m p r e g n a t iet w i t h a b r a -
s i v e .T h e n ,w i t h t h e g o u g ea l m o s vt e r t i - I
c a l ,g r i pt h e h a n d l ei n y o u rr i g h th a n d ,
h o l dt h e b l a d eb e t w e e nt h e f i n g e r sa n d I
t h u m bo f y o u rl e f t h a n d ,a n d s e tt h e b e v -
e l f l a t a g a i n stth e w h e e l .L i g h t l yr o l lt h e t
bladefromsideto sideacrossthe wheelto
p o l i s ht h e b e v e lA. s l i g h tb u r rw i l l f o r mo n I
t h e i n s i d ee d g eo f t h e t o o l .T o r e m o v ei t ,
r o l lt h e i n s i d ef a c eo f t h e b l a d ea g a i n stth e I
wheeu l n t i lt h e b u r rr u b so f f .T e s tt h e t o o l
f o r s h a r p n e sbsy c u t t i n ga w o o ds c r a p I
a c r o s st h e g r a i n .T h e b l a d es h o u l ds l i c e
e a s i l yt h r o u g ht h e w o o d . I
I
3B I
I
I
I SHARPE,NING

t
T
I OUILD.ITYOURSELF I
I
GOUGE.SHARPE J INGI N G C r r i h e h a s ea n d s r r i d ef r o m Cutthearmfrom1-by-2 stockand
I Thejig shownbelowguarantees that 7 - i n c hp l y w o o dS. c r e wt h e g u i d e f
t h et o o ls u p p o r tr o m% -
parts
i n c ph l y -
t h e t r p so f l o n g e ar n d l a r g e gr o u g e s t o g e t h ear n d f a s t e ni t t o t h e b a s e wood.Screwthe two of the
I w i l lc o n t a cyt o u rg r i n d i n w g h e e al t with screwscountersunk from under- toolsupport together, fasten
then
the correctangleto restorethe bevel n e a t h .M a k es u r et h e o p e n i n gc r e - t h eb o t t o mt o t h ea r m ,f l u s hw i t h
T n nt h ec r r t t i n p
e d s e .T h ed i m e n s i o n s a t e db y t h e g u i d ei s I a r g ee n o u g h oneend.FortheV block, cuta small
g i v e ni n t h e i l l u s t r a t i obne l o ww i l l t o a l l o wt h e a r m t o s l i d es n u g l y w o o db l o c kt o s i z ea n ds a wa 9 0 "
I accommodate mostturninggouges. butfreely. wedge o u to f o n es i d e G
hlnnlr tn thp crrnnnrf
. l u et h e

I T o r r s et h e i i p s e c r r r iet t o a w o r k
i i b '
v v v q ' v i

surface s ot h e a r m l i n e su p d i r e c t l y
I ( t o p ' 1 /x 1 / " x 9 "
u n d e rt h e g r i n d i n gw h e e lS . eat he
'',/ "r9" g o u g eh a n d l ei n t h eV b l o c ka n ds l i d e
laides\
I the arm so the bevelededgeof the
g o u g el i e sf l a t o n t h e g r t n d i n w
g heel.
I C l a m pt h e a r m i n p l a c e .
T h e n ,w i t h
t h e g o u g ec l e a ro f t h ew h e e ls, w i t c h
I o n t h e g r i n d ear n dr e p o s i t i ot n h et o o l
i n t h e j i g . H o l d i n tgh e g o u g ew i t h
I (.back)/"x2"x2/" bothhands,rotatethe bevelededge
( b o t L o m ) / " x 1 / " x 2/ , " acrossthe wheelbelow). Stopocca-
I s i o n a l ltyo c o o lt h e b l a d ea n dc h e c k
t h e c u t t i n ge d g ep e r i o d i c a lul yn t i l
I youaresatisfiedwith the results.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r
I
I
I
I
I 39

I
 I
SHARPENING I
I
SHARPENING
A SPINDLE
G()UGE I
1 Sharpening ona bench grinder T
I Position theguardproperly andturn
onthegrinder. Pinching thebladebetween
t h ef i n g e rasn dt h u m bo f o n eh a n ds, e t
t
thebladeflatonthetoolrestandadvance I
rt untilthebevellightlycontacts thestone
(/eft).Adjustthetoolrest,if desired, to I
change the bevelangle.lf thetoolhasa
square grind,rollthebevelon thestone I
asyouwouldfor a roughing-out gouge
(page38).lf thetoolhasa f ingernail- I
grind,rollthecuttingedgeon thewheel
andpivotthe handlefromleftto right I
whilekeeping thebevelf latonthegrind-
i n gw h e eal t a l l t i m e s( i n s e t C
) .o n t i n u e I
rolling thebladeandmoving thetoolhan-
d l ef r o ms i d et o s i d eu n t i lt h ee d g ei s
sharpened,
t
stopping occasionally to check
thegrindandcoolthetip. I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
! Honing thecutting edge I
Z- Oncethebevelhasbeensharpened onthegrinder,usea flat edge,
asshown onpage43. Usea convex slipstone
matching
benchstoneto polishthetoolto a razor-sharp
edge.Saturate thecurvature of thegougeto removethe burrthatformsonthe T
thestonewithoil,thenrolltheoutsidebevelacross
theabrasive inside
of thecuttingedge.Puta fewdropsof oilontheslipstone
surface(above,/eff.)
to createtwomicrobevelson thecutting andhonethe insideedgeuntiltheburrrubsoff (above, right). I
T
40 I
I
I
t SHARPENING

I
t A B()WLG()UGE
SHARPENING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r
I
I
I
I Usinga weUdry grinder
A d j u s t h e t o o lr e s ts o t h e b e v ew l illrest
I *u#ili.jtj$$ , lh ili itl iit dJrl, *i f l u s hw i t ht h e w h e e sl u r f a c et ,h e nt u r n
o n t h e g r i n d e rH. o l dt h e g o u g ef l a t o n
T t h e t o o l r e s ta n d a d v a n c teh e t o o l u n t i l
1HO?Tt? t h e b e v eils f l a to n t h e s t o n eT. h e n ,h o l d -
I Sharpeningwith
i n g t h e b l a d ei n p l a c e ,r o l lt h e e d g e
a belvsander a c r o s st h e s l o n e( a b o v e )p. i v o t i n gt h e
I lf youdo naf,own h a n d l ea s n e c e s s a rt yo k e e pt h e b e v e l
a benchqrinder, you f l a to n t h ew h e e a l t a l l t i m e s .C o n t i n u e
I canqrindyourLurn- . h eg o u g ei s n o w
u n t i lt h et o o li s s h a r p T
inqtoolson a belN readyto use.
I eander. lnstall a
1AO-qrir, belt,,mounL
I Ihe tool uVeide downin
a ef,and,and,clamVlhe
I s t r a n d l oa w o r k s u f r a c e .
Io qrinda Lurninq Lool,Lurn
I onf,heeanderand Vreaalhe
bevelflal; on lhe belL.
I
t
I
I
I
I
 I
SHARPENING I
I
SHARPENING
A SKEW
CHISEL I
Using a jig I
P o s i t i oanc o m m e r c si ahla r p e n ijni g i n
frontof thegrinding wheelasclose to the I
wheel aspossible without touching it. Set
u p t h ej i g f o l l o w i nt g
h em a n u f a c t u r e r ' s I
instructions. 0n themodelshown, youcan
adjust thetooltableto thecorrect angle for I
anytool-in thiscase, a straight
skewchis-
el.Place thetoolguidesupplied withthe I
jig in thegroove in therestandholdthe
chiselin theguide.Buttoneedgeof the I
chiselblade against onesideof thegroove
in theguidesothecutting edgeissquare I
to thegrinding wheel. Turnonthegrinder
andadvance thetooluntilthebevel con- I
tactsthewheel. Slidethetoolguidefrom
sideto sideto sharpen thebevel. Flipthe I
tooloverandreoeat theorocess withthe
toolagainst theotheredgeof thegroove I
in theguide(/eff).Whenbothbevels are
sharpened, honea microbevel
Thesametechniques
@age
canbeusedwithout
43). r
benefit of a sharpening jig,usingthe I
grinder's toolrest.
I
SHARPENING
A RADIUSED
SKEW
CHISEL
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1 Using a radiussharpening jig I
I Secure thechiselin a commercial jigspecially designed for grinding
wheel andsetthejigon it, ensuring thatthepivotpin
sharpening radiused skewchisels. Forthe modelshown, hold onthebottom of thejig slidesin the holein thecenterof the I
thelongedgeof thechiselbladeagainst thetriangular support toolrest.Adjusttheangleof therestsothebevelsitsflatonthe
piecein thecenter of thejig andtightenthethumbscrew sothat wheel,thentightenit in position(above, right).f urnon Ihe I
thebevel willlieflatonthegrinding wheel whenyousharpen rt grinderandpivotthe bevelacross thewheel,keeping thejig
(above,ieftl.Now,position anadjustable toolrestin frontof the oresseddownonthetoolrestat alltimes. I
I
42 I
t
I
I SHARPENING

I
I Sharpening bevel
thesecond
O h c et h e f i r s t b e v e li s s h a r p e n e d ,
I t u r n o f f t h e g r i n d e ar n d w r a pa p i e c eo f
m a s k r n tga p ea r o u n dt h e c h i s e lb l a d e
I whereit meetsthe bottomedgeof the jrg.
T h i sw i l l e n a b l ey o ut o t u r nt h e c h i s e ol v e r
I a n dr e p o s i t i ornt i n t h e j i g s o t h a tt h e s e c -
o n db e v eyl o ug r i n di s i d e n t t c at ol t h ef i r s t .
I R e m o v teh e c h i s e fl r o mt h e 1 i g t, u r n i t
over,and reposition it so the bottomedge
I o f t h e j i g i s a l i g n e dw i t ht h e t a p e .T u r no n
t h e g r i n d ear n ds h a r p e tnh e s e c o n db e v e l
I (right)thesamewayyougroundthe first.

I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
n<' Creatins
microbevels
I r - J T h eg r i n d i n gp r o c e sw s i l l c r e a t ea
r o u g hh o l l o w - g r o u nodr c, o n c a v eb,e v eol n
I t h e t o o lb l a d eT . h e h e e la n d t o e o f t h e
b e v eol f e i t h e rs t r a i g hot r r a d i u s ebdl a d e s
I m u s tb e h o n e dt o a s m o o t hc u t t i n ge d g e
b e f o r et h e c h i s e li s u s e d T . o s u p p o rtth e
I c h i s e lw , e d g ei t s h a n d l ei n t h e l a t h eb e d ,
t h e no u ta f e wd r o o so f o i l o n t h ef i n es i d e
I o f a c o m b i n a t i osnt o n e .R u bt h e s t o n e
acrossthe bevel(left),creatingmicrobevels
I o n b o t ht h e h e e la n d t o e o f t h e b e v e l
(insef).Repeatthe procedure on the other
I s i d eo f t h et o o l .A s t h e t o o lb e c o m edsu l l
w i t h u s e ,y o u d o n o t n e e dt o r e g r i n di t .
I Simplyrestorethe microbevels. Aftersev-
eral h o n i n g sh, o w e v e t
r h
, e m i c robevels
I w i l l d i s a p p e aarn dt h e b e v ew l i l lf l a t t e n
o u t .A t t h i s p o i n t ,y o uw i l l h a v et o r e g r i n d
T the toolto restore the hollow-sround bevel.

I
I 43

I
 I
SHARPENING I
I
SHARPENING
A PARTING
TOOL I
Using a weUdry grinder I
Adjustthetoolrestsothe bevelon the
parting toolwilllieflatonthewheel. Hold I
the bladeon edgeon thetoolrestwith
onesideagainst themitergauge supplied I
w r t ht h er e s t t, h e nt u r no n t h eg r i n d e r
andadvance thetooluntilthebevel con- I
tactsthewheel.Pressing thetoollightly
against thegrinder, slidethegauge back t
a n df o r t hu n t i lt h eb e v eils s h a r o e n e d .
Repeat theprocess to sharpen thebevel I
ontheotherside(lefD.Oncebothbevels
arethesameandthecutting edgeissharp, t
honemicrobevels asyouwouldona skew
chisel(page43), I
I
I
t
I
I
SHARPENING
A RING
TOOI
I
Using a commercial jig
Someringtoolscomewitha jig forhold- I
i n gt h et i p d u r i n sg h a r p e n ianngda c o n i -
calstoneforhoning theinside edge.Follow I
themanufacturer's instructions to sharpen
y o u r i n gt o o l .F o rt h e m o d esl h o w n at I
right,install thesharpening stonein the
colletof a router andclampthetoolupside I
downon a worksurface. Detach thetip
fromthehandle of theringtoolandinstall I
it in thejig.Turnontherouter andpress
thetip lightlyagainst thespinning stone I
to sharpen theedge. Whenthef irstsideis
s h a r pf,l i pt h et o o la n dh o n et h eo t h e r T
s i d eo f t h er i n g .
t
I
I
I
T
44 I
I
t
I SHARPENING
I
I A SCRAPER
SHARPENING
r
I
I
t
I
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Using a grinder
Position theguardproperly andadjust
I 'liltlilJiilil tjjiijljlll ilill$iliifiillll1l]llllllllrlll iliJiiil thetoolrestsothebevelontheendof
thescraper will restflushagainst the
I wheel. Turnonthegrinder andholdthe
5HO7Tt? bladebetween thefingers andthumbof
I Ourniohinq a ecra?er o n eh a n d W. i t ht h e b l a d ef l a to n t h e
WeI qrinderedo noNleave toolrest,advance thetooluntilthebev-
I enouqhof a burron 6cra?er el lightlycontacts thewheel.Passthe
bladee:you can producea entireedgeacrossthe wheel(above),
I moreevenburrby burnish- m o v i ntgh eh a n d l fer o ms i d et o s i d e .
inqthe edqe.Ueinqfirm, S t o po c c a s i o n aal lnydr u ny o u rf i n g e r
even?ree6ure, drawa bur- lightlyovertheendof thetoolto feelfor
I nieheracroozNhe endof a burr(inset). Stopsharpening whenan
the bladeto raisea burr
t on i|o Lopedqe.
evenburrhasformed.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I SPINDLETI.IRNNG
I
I
I
morethanthreeor fourtoolsare
t f the two main activities
practicedon the lathe, required.This makesturning
spindleturningistheonemost between centersanidealwayto
I closelyassociatedwith furniture developa feelfor thelatheand
t making.The process
mountinga wood blankbe-
involves goodtooltechnique. Onitssim-
plestlevel,spindleturningis lit-
tweenthe machine's headstock tle morethanconnecting high
I andtailstockandusinga vari- andlow pointson a blankwith
etyof turningtoolsto shape fur- shoulders, beads,andcoves.
I nitureparts,suchaschairlegs Thechapterthatfollowsis an
t andbedposts,
rativepieces.
andotherdeco-
Because thestockis
introductionto spindleturning
techniques,fromtherepertoire of
mounted"between
r centersj'the Producinga toolhandleon thelatheis an idealpro-
wood grainof the workpiece jectfor thenovicewoodturner.In thephotoabove,a
basicspindleotts (page53)srch
asplaning,sizing,
andtapercuts to
I runsparallelto theaxisof the Jacobs chuckin thetailstockholdsa drill bit asit bores moredecorative spindlecus (page
Iathe.In bowl,or faceplateturn- a holefor thetangat thehandle-endof theblade. 64)suchasbeads, coves, andballs
I ing,whichis examinedin the thatwill enhanceyourobjecs.By
nextchapter, thegrainof a blankis normallyperpendicular sawingtheblankin halfandregluingit, youcancreates)'rn-
to themachine's axisof rotation.Despitetheirdifferences, metricalsplitturningsandotherspindledesigns (page79).
I bothactivitiesdo shareseveral thingsin common:Correct Aswith anyactivityon thelathe,thebestwayto learnis
mountingmethods, propertooluse,andaccurate measure- by experimentation. Waituntil youhavemastered thebasic
I mentall arecrucialto achieve satisfactory
results. techniques beforetryingto reproduce complexspindlepat-
I Because spindleturningdoesnot requirecuttinginto end terns.Useinexpensive woodfor yourblanksandpractice
grain,theprocess involvesrelatively
simpletechniques, andno with simpleshapes untilyouarecomfortable with thetools.
I
I
I
r
t
I Turninga well-proportioned legrequiresa combinationof
I soundtechnique andsomecreativity.In thephotoat left,a spin-
dlegougecutsa beadnearthetopof theleg.Betweenthebeads
r and thelatheheadstockis thepommel,whichis leftsquareso
that thelegcanbejoinedto therail of a tableor chair.

I 47
I
 I
I
A GALLERYOF SPINDLECUTS
I
t
S P I N D LCEU T
I
Tenon V-groove Fillet, Urn Ball
Qase 62) (pase 61) (paqe7o) @ase7o) Qaqe 69) I
I
t
I
I
I
?arting
T00L
USED Lool
Skew FarEinq
tool
9pindle
0ou0e
9kew/opindle
qou0e
I
I
I
Taper Fead Cove Pommel I
(pase 56) (pase66) rv'7 (pase61)
I
t
I
I
T00t 9kew/eptndle FarErn4Lool/rouqhinq )kew/epindlegouge/ )pindle
USED 4ouqe qouqe/9Kew beadingtoot qou7e I

S P I N D LCEU T

Covedahoulder Flute Cylinder Reed Square ahoulder Split turning

(page 59) (pase 75) Qase53) (paqe7b) (pase 60) (paqe.72)

T00r gpindle Carvtn44ou4e/ Kouqhin4 Carver'a Fartin4 f,ool/

USED Touqe router 1ouqe/ekew V-parLin7tool/ ekew
chieel
I
I
SETTINGUP
I
I ll spindleworkstartswith a square
blank.Themoreperfect thesquare,
T the better.By startingwith blanksthat
arestraight,freeofdefects,squaredon
I thejointer,andproperlycentered on the
lathe,you canavoidcatchinga tool on
I theworkpieceor splittingthewood.
Twokeysto smoothspindlework are
I usingpropertool control(page51)and
cuttingin the directionof the wood
I grain(page52).Stanceandbodymove-
mentarejust asimportantashow you
I holda tool.A goodworkingstanceisto
standwith your feetapartandcomfort-
I ablybalanced. Yourbodyshouldbeable
to movesmoothlywith the tool. Never
I standsofar awayfrom thelathethatyou
areforcedto leanforward.With thicker
I workpieces, your hip or elbowcanpro-
videsupportfor thetool.
T While spindleturning is a relatively Laminatedor
"sandwich"
blankscanyieldinterestinggeometricpatterns
safeoperation,remembernot to become whentheyareturnedbetweencenters. Theblankfor thevaseshownin the
I too casualin your approach.Improperly photoabovewasmadebygluinglayersof tulipwoodandpurpleheart around
used,thelathecancauseinjurieslikeany core.A rangeof dffirent patternscanbeproduced
a squarezebrawood by
I otherwoodworkingmachine. abernatingthemannerin whichthelayersaregluedup.
I
MOUNTING
A BLANK
BETWEEN
CENTERS
I
1T Markins -
thecenter oftheblank
I I T o m o u nat b l a n ko nt h e l a t h ef o r
spindle turning, youneedto findthecen-
I terof eachend.Firstmakesurethatthe
b l a n ki s s 0 u a r et h. e nh o l di t o n e n da n d
I marktwolinesacross oneendfromcorner
to corner(left),RepeaI at the otherend.
r Thelineswillintersect at thecenters. Next,
usea four-sour drrvecenteranda mallet
I t o m a k ei n d e n t a t i oantsb o t hp o i n t s .
Alignthecenterpoint of thedrivecenter
I overthecenteron theendof the blank
andstrikeit sharply withthemallet(lnsef);
I makesurethespursbiteintothewood.
Repeat at theotherend.Insertthedrive
I centerin theheadstock of the lathe.Do
notstrikethedrivecenter whileit is mount-
I edin the headstock; thiscoulddamage
the lathe's bearings.
I
I
I
I 49
I
 I
SPINDLETURNING I
I
r') Mounting theblankon the lathe I
L f o m o u n t h e b l a n kb e t w e e cne n t e r s ,
s t a r tb y b u t t i n go n ee n da g a i n stth e t a i l - I
sinrk'c livp npntor Srrnnnrlino tho nthpr

e n do f t h e b l a n kw i t ho n eh a n d s, l i d et h e
I
t a i l s t o c tko w a r d tsh e h e a d s t o cukn t i lt h e
s p u r so f t h e d r i v ec e n t e re n g a g e w i t ht h e I
indentation yo s um a d ei n s t e p1 . S e c u r e
t h e t a i l s t o c ki n p l a c ew i t h t h e l o c k i n g I
l e v e rt,h e na d v a n cteh et a i l s t o cskp i n d l e
a n d l r v ec e n t e rb y t u r n i n gt h e h a n d w h e e l
I
u n t i lt h e b l a n ki s h e l df i r m l yb e t w e etnh e
centers(/eff).Securethe tailstockspindle
I
i n p l a c ew i t ht h e s p i n d l e lock.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
n A d i u s t i nt sh et o o lr e s l
r - - l A l r g nt h e t o o lr e s tp a r a l l et lo t h e b l a n k .p o s i t r o n i ni tgc l o s e i f n e c e s s a rAy l.t h o u g e h x p e r i e n c et udr n e r sa d j u s t h e h e i g h o tf
I
t o t h e w o r k p i e cw e i t h o u tm a k i n gc o n t a cw t h e nt h e b l a n ks p i n s . t h et o o lr e s ta c c o r d i ntgo p e r s o n aplr e f e r e n c a e ,g o o dp l a c et o
W r t ht h e l a t h es w i t c h e do f f , r o t a t et h e b l a n kb y h a n dt o e n s u r e s t a r ti s w i t h t h e t o o l r e s ta t o r s l i g h t l yb e l o wt h e c e n t e ro f t h e
I
it doesnot hit the tool rest(above). Thegapbetween the tool rest b l a n kT. h i sw a y ,y o u rt o o l sw i l lc u t a b o v et h e c e n t e or f t h e b l a n k .
a n dt h e b l a n ks h o u l db e t h e s a m ea t b o t he n d s ;a d j u s t h e r e s t , T i g h t e nt h e t o o lr e s ti n p o s i t i o w
n i t ht h e l o c k r n gl e v e r . I
T
50 I
I
I
I TURNING
SPINDLE,
t
I BASIC
TOOL
C()NTR()L
T 1 R u b b i ntgh eb e v e l
I t n e f i r s tr u l eo f t o o lc o n t r oiln t u r n i n g
I i s t o m a k es u r et h e b l a d e ' sb e v e rl u b s
a g a i n st th e s t o c ka st h ec u t t i n ge d g es l i c e s
I i n t ot h e w o o d T . h i sp r i n c i p l ei s t h e k e yt o
p r o d u c i nsgm o o t hc, l e a nc u t sw i t ht o o l s
I s u c ha s t h e s p i n d l eg o u g ea n d t h e s k e w
c h i s e lT. o m a s t etrh i sb a s i ct e c h n i q u e ,
I u n p l u gt h e l a t h ea n d m o u n ta c y l i n d r i c a l
b l a n kb e t w e e nc e n t e r sB . r a c ea t o o l - i n
I t h i s c a s ea r o u g h i n g o u g e - o nt h e t o o l
r e s ts o t h a t r t s b e v e lr e s t so n t h e s t o c k .
I G r i p p i ntgh e t o o lw i t ho n eh a n d t, i l t t h e
h a n d l ed o w n .A s s h o w na t r t g h t u , s ey o u r
t f r e eh a n dt o r o t a t et h e b l a n ki n a c l o c k -
wisedirection; the bevelshouldrubsmooth-
I l y a g a i n stth e w o r k .

I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I r) Starting thecut
I Orruthebevelis rubbing. slowly
t r a i s teh et o o lh a n d l et h: ec u t t i n g
e d s es h o r r l db e p i nt o s l i c et h e w o o d
I ( l e f t ) .Y o uc a n c o n t r otl h e d e p t ho f
c u t b y t h e h e i g h ot f t h e h a n d l et:h e
I h i g h e yr o ur a i s ei t , t h e m o r ew o o d
y o uw i l l r e m o v eB. u t d o n o tg o s o f a r
I t h a tt h e b e v esl t o p sr u b b i n ga g a i n s t
t h e w o o d o, r t h e t o o lw i l l c a t c ho n t h e
I s p i n n i nbgl a n k .

I
I
I
 I
SPINDLETURNING I
I
Makingthe cut I
Q
r . J S l o w l ya n g l et h e t o o li n t h e d i r e c t i o n
o f c u t a n d s l i d er t a l o n gt h e w o r k p i e c e T
(right)a , l i g n i n gy o u ru p p e rb o d yb e h i n d
t h e t o o lt h r o u g h o ut ht e c u t . A s y o um o v e , T
r o t a t et h e t o o ls l i g h t l yi n t h e d i r e c t i o n
of
c u t t o a v o i dc a t c h i n g thebladeN . o w ,p l u g I
i n t h e l a t h et,u r n i t o n ,a n d r e p e aS t t e p s1
through 3 w r t ht h e b l a n ks p i n n i n gt h; et o o l I
i s c u t t i n gp r o p e r lw y h e ny o up r o d u c fei n e
shavings and leavea smoothsurfacethat I
r e q u i r elsi t t l es a n d i n g .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
WITHTHEWOOD
CUTTING GRAIN
"downhill"
I
Cutting
W o o di s c o m p o s eodf b u n d l e so f f i b e r sa l i g n e di n o n ed i r e c t i o n , I
c a l l e dt h e g r a i nd i r e c t i o nJ.u s ta s p u s h i n ga h a n dp l a n ea g a i n s t
t h e g r a i nw i l l c a u s et e a r o u tw, o r k i n ga g a i n stth e g r a i nw i t ha I
t u r n i n gt o o lw i l l p r o d u c reo u g hc u t sa n dc a n l e a dt o k i c k b a c k .
A s s h o w nb y t h e a r r o w si n t h e i l l u s t r a t i olne f t ,t h e s m o o t h e s t I
s p i n d l et u r n i n gc u t sa r em a d ei n a d o w n h i ldl i r e c t i o n - f r o m a
h i g hp o i n t o a l o wp o i n to n t h e w o r k p i e c eS.u c hc u t sa r ee i t h e r I
w i t h ,a c r o s so, r a t a n a n g l et o t h e g r a i n .N e v e cr u t u p h i l l ,o r t h e
t o o lw i l ld i g i n t ot h ew o o dT. h i sw i l lc a u s es p l i n t e r i nagn ds h e a r - t
i n go f w o o df i b e r s a, n dw i l l l e a v ea r o u g hs u r f a c eo n t h e b l a n k .
I
I
I
I
52 I
t
I
I BASICSPINDLECUTS
I
I -l- h. basicspindlecutsshownin this soundsproducedas wood is being you will be ableto useyour ears-as
I sectiono[ the chapterwill help turned.By listeningcloselyto the suc- theprogress
well asyour eyes-to assess
I sharpenyour turningabilitiesfor more of soundsemittedby thelathe,
cession ofyour work.
challenging projectsthatyoutacklelat-
I er on. Thesecuts includeroughing,
planing,peeling,V-cuts,shouldercuts,
I and partingoff.
Four toolsareusedfor mostbasic
I spindlecuts:the roughinggouge,the
spindlegouge,theskewchisel,andthe
I partingtool.Theyaretypicallyheldin
one oftwo grips:overhandor under-
I hand.Theoverhandgrip is commonly
usedto guidea tool alongthetool rest,
I suchaswhen roughingdown a blank
(below).The underhandgrip is used
I for finer control,suchaswhenmaking
V-grooves(page58).
I Onebonusof spindleturningis that
you canseethe resultsofyour cutsas
I you go.Asyou gainexperience, you will
alsobecomefamiliarwith the various
I soundsofthe turning process. From a blqnk mountedbetweencentersprovidesthe
Becauseit is spinningat high speeds,
your firstroughingcutsto a finalplan- turner with an immediate and continual visual checkof a project'sprogress.In the
I ing cut, thereis a definitesequenceof photo above,a roughinggougebrings a small baseballbat to itsfinal shape.

I
I TURNING
A GYTINDER
1 Roughing outthecylinder
I Kouqhinq4ouqe I Mountvourblankbetween centers and
settheappropriate speedforthesizeof
I theworkpiece; referto thefrontendpaper
of thisbookfor a chartof lathespeeds.
I Holding a roughing gouge withanoverhand
grip,bracethebladeonthetoolrest.Cut
I verylightly intotheblank, making surethe
bevelis rubbing against thestockand
I moving thegouge smoothly alongthetool
rest.(lf yourblankis longer thanthetool
r rest,roughoutthecylinder in twoor more
steps.) Thegouge willbeginrounding the
I corners of the workpiece (left). Continue
making successively deeper passes along
I t h eb l a n kr,a i s i ntgh e h a n d l o
e f t h et o o l
slightly witheach pass, untiltheedges are
I completely rounded you
and havea cylin-
der.Adjusttheposition of thetoolrestas
I youprogress to keepit closeto theblank.

I
I
I 53
I
 I
SPINDLETURNING I
I
r ) F i n i s h i nt h g ec y l i n d e r
I
L O n c eo n es e c t i o n o f t h e b l a n ki s c y l i n -
d r i c a l ,r e p o s i t i otnh e t o o l r e s ta n d r o u n d
I
overthe rest of the workpiece(left),To
c h e c kt h e s m o o t h n e sosf t h e b l a n k ,s e t
I
t h e b o t t o mo f t h e g o u g eb l a d eo n t h e
s p i n n i n gb l a n k( i n s e t )T. h e b l a d es h o u l d
I
ridesmoothly on the surface.lf it bounces,
t h e s u r f a c ei s n o ty e t p e r f e c t l ryo u n d .
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
Planing
thecylinder I
U s ea s k e wc h r s etio p l a n et h e c y l i n -
d e rt o a s m o o t hf i n i s h .H o l d i n gt h e t o o l I
w i t ha n o v e r h a ngdr i p ,s e tt h e b l a d eo n t h e
r e s ts o t h a t i t s l o n gp o i n ti s a b o v et h e I
b l a n ka n di t s b e v eils i n c l i n e di n t h ed i r e c -
t i o no f t h e c u t ;t h i s i s t y p i c a l lay b o u t6 5 '
I
t o t h e a x i so f t h e w o o d .S w i t c ho n t h e
l a t h ea n dr a i s et h e h a n d l es l i g h t l yb, r i n g - I
i n gt h e c u t t i n ge d g eo f t h e c h i s e il n t oc o n -
tactwith the wood.Movethe bladealong
t
the tool rest (rrght),lettrngrts bevelrub;
d o n o t l e t i t s h e e lo r l o n gp o i n td i g i n t o I
t h e w o o d .T h ec e n t e ro f t h e c u t t i n ge d g e
s h o u l dp r o d u c ae s e r i e o s f t h i ns h a v i n g s .
I
I
54 I
I
I
t SPINDLETURNING
I
I Cutting
thecylinder
to length
0 n c e y o u h a v ep l a n e dt h e c y l i n d e r
I s m o o t h u, s ea p a r t i n gt o o lt o c u t i t t o
l e n g t hM . a r ka c u t t i n gl i n eo n t h e s p i n -
I n i n gc y l i n d ewr i t ha p e n c i lT. h e n h , olding
a partingtool edge-upon the tool restas
I s h o w na t r i g h t ,r a i s et h e h a n d l es l i g h t l ys o
t h e b l a d ec u t si n t ot h e b l a n k C . l e a nu p t h e
I end grainwith a skewchisel(page60).
l f y o uh a v ef u r t h e sr h a p i n tgo d o o n t h e
I b l a n k ,c u t a b o u t w o - t h i r dos f t h e w a y
t h r o u g ht h e c y l i n d esr o t h a t i t r e m a i n os n
I t h e l a t h e l.f a l l y o uw i s ht o m a k ei s a c y l i n -
d e r .c o n t i n u et h e c l t t o n e a rt h e c e n t e r
I o f t h e b l a n k t, h e nt u r no f f t h e l a t h ea n d
c u t a w a yt h e c y l i n d ew r i t ha h a n d s a w .
I
I
I
I
I
PEELING
CUTS
I
M a k i n ga p e e l i n cg u t
I P e e l i n gi s a n a l t e r n a tw e a yo f q u i c k l y
s m o o t h i nag c y l i n d e ru; s ea l a r g es k e w
I c h i s e li n s t e a do f a r o u g h i n g o u g eA .
p e e l i n cgu t i s s i m i l a tro a p l a n i n g cut
I ( p a g e5 4 ) , e x c e p t h a t y o u i n t e n t i o n a l l y
d i p t h e h e e ln f t h e c h i s e il n t ot h e b l a n k
I wrththe bevelrubbingon the stock(/eff)
T h eh e e lw r l ll i f t a c i r c l eo f s h a v i n gass
I y o ug u i d et h e c h i s e al l o n gt h e t o o lr e s t .
B e c a u s ei t r e m o v e sa l o t o f s t o c ka n d
I r e q u i r ems o r ec o n t r otlh a na p l a n i n gc u t ,
p e e l i n gi s m o r ed i f fi c u l tt o m a s t e ra, n d
I s h o u l db e d o n ec a r e f u l l y .

I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
 t
SPINDLETURNING I
I
DEPTH
CUTTING
GAUGING
t
Anachedto a parting tool,a sizingtool I
makesit easyto gaugethedepthof cuts
Setthegapbetweentheparting
precisely. I
tool'scuttingedgeand theknobon the
sizingtoolto thefinisheddiameter.When I
cuttingtheknobisalwaysin contactwith
theblank;sizingcut is at desireddepth I
whentheknob slipsbehindtheblank.
r
I
I
I
I
I
TAPERS
MAKING I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
1 Making sizingcuts
I lf youarenotcopying piece,makea hardboard
a particular the handle sothatthebladecutsintothecylinder.
slightly Con-
I
templateof thetaper.(Thetemplate, on page57,
illustrated tinueto raisethe handleuntilthecut reaches therequired
I
shouldindicatethefinished diameterof theblankat several depth(above). Eachcut shouldpenetrate to thef inished
diam-
points yourblankintoa cylin- eterof theworkpiece at that point;checkyourprogress with
different alongits length.)Turn
der(page53),thenmakea series of sizingcutswitha parting calipers(step2).Twistthetoolslightlyfromsideto sideasyou
I
toolfromoneendof theblankto theother.Holding theparting makethecut in orderto minimize frictionandto prevent the
toolwithan underhand gripedge-up on thetoolrest,raise bladefromjamming.
I
I
56 I
I
t
I SPINDLETURNING
r
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
r) Checking thedepth ofthesizingcuts
I Z- nOlust a pairof outside calipers to
I uilil'i,$nilu$ u & il tir ,lt ii; iu ut o n eo f t h ed i m e n s i oonfst h et a p e ar s
m a r k eodny o u rt e m p l a t T e .h e nc h e c k
t h ed i a m e t eorf t h eb l a n ka t t h ec o r r e -
I 5HO7Tt? sponding sizing cut (above). Deepen the
cut if necessary untilthemeasurements
I Uain6preeet onthetemplate andthediameter of the
calipers . :
. cutareequal.Repeat fortheremaining
I lf you are oVindlej
' sizingcuts.
Lurninq several 'l' ./
idenliCal Vieceson , I
I the lat'he,you can -../'.'.
opeedup Lheproceoa
I by adjuot'inqseVarale
r caltVerofor eachfeaf,ureof
I;heblanke, ForIhe leqshownhere,
oneVairis adjuatedfor the t'hicker
I parLof Lhe leq,anolher is eef,for Nhe
{"
b e a d b e l o wl r , ,a n d a L h t r d i e a d i u o f ' e df o r l h e .{1(:
\_L.. '
I n a r r o ws e c N t o nn e a r l h e b o N N o m ol the leq.Thie
w i l le a v ey o u L h e t r o u b l eo f c o n l , i n u a l l yr e a d l u s t i n qa
I a v o i dc o n f u o i n g N h e e t t i n q o ,
s i n q l ep a i r o f c a l i p e r e . T o
a t r l , a c ha n u m b e r e de N r i oo f l a p e L o e a c h i n s N r u m e n l .
t
t
I
I
 I
SPINDLETURNING t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Roughing
outthetaper
O n c ey o uh a v ef i n i s h e d a l l t h e s i z i n gc u t s ,u s ea r o u g h i n g d i r e c t i o tno a v o i dt e a r o u (t a b o v e J) .o i n i n gt h e s i z i n gc u t sw i l l I
gougeto clearout the wastebetweencuts.Followthe samepro- c r e a t ea t a p e ra l o n gt h e l e n g t ho f t h e w o r k p i e c eT.h e nu s ea
c e d u r ey o uw o u l du s et o r o u g ho u t a c y l i n d e(rp a g e5 3 ) ,h o l d i n g skewchiselto planethe tapersmooth(page54). Workin a down- I
t h e t o o lw i t ha n o v e r h a ngdr i pa n da l w a y w s o r k i n gi n a d o w n h i l l hi l l d i r e c t i o n .
I
GROOVING
CUTS I
Makingdecorative V-grooves I
T u r na c y l i n d e (r p a g e5 3 ) ,t h e n m a r kt h e
l o c a t i o no f t h e g r o o v ew s r t ha p e n c i l . I
M a k et h e c u t sw i t ha s k e wc h i s e lA . t each
location m a r k ,s t a r tw i t ht h e l o n gp o i n to f I
t h ec h i s ep l o i n t i n gf o r w a r da n d r a i s et h e
h a n d l ea, l l o w i n tgh e p o i n to f t h e b l a d e I
t o c u t t o t h e r e q u i r edde p t h .T h e nm a k e
a c u to n e a c hs i d eo f t h e i n i t i a lc u t , a r c - I
i n gt h e c h i s e tl o t h e s i d es o a p o r t i o no f
t h e b e v e lr u b sa g a i n stth e e d g eo f t h e I
grooue(far left). f o widenthe groove.
repeatthe sidecuts (nearleft). I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I SPINDLETURNINL
t
t CUTS
SH()ULDER
C()VED
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Turning thecove
C o v e ds h o u l d e rasr ea c o m m o nf e a t u r e
I LL; c-;'rL{..nrff Lu o f c h a i rl e g s .T o m a k et h e c u t , s t a r tb y
u", Lu tt.J t"[-i {.tJ uj LLI L[i $l * rr: $ *
s c r i b i nags h o u l d el irn ea r o u n tdh ef o u r
I s i d e so f t h e b l a n kt o s e p a r a tiet s r o u n d
5HO7Tt? .- a n d s q u a r es e c t i o n sT. u r nt h e r o u n d
I section o f t h e b l a n kt o a c y l i n d e(rp a g e
?reserving ; 5?) i:norino i h p l p o i f d p c . i r o d (\ Ynv ab eo p v5v /6 )
I s q u a r e s i o l a e r s4 \ \ N e x t ,u s ea s p i n d l eg o u g et o t u r nt h e
lLyo' a'e eVindle
c o v e ds h o u l d e rH. o l d i n gt h et o o lw i t ha n
I Lurninq workVreces
u n d e r h a ngdr i pa t a n a n g l et o t h e b l a n k ,
LhaNrequirea eharp
a l i g ni t s b e v ew l i t ht h e d i r e c t i oonf c u t
I division beLween trurned
and oquaresecf"ions, a n d i t s f l u t ew i t ht h e s h o u l d el ri n e .
euchas Lhepommel Raise t h e h a n d l ea n d p i v o t h e t o o lo n
I a t L h e L o Vo f a c h a i r t h et o o lr e s t .m a k i n ga s l i c i n gc u t
"down-
leq,wrap a lenqth of h i l l , "t o w a r dtsh e t a i l s t o c ke n d .D e f i n e
I d u c l o r m a a k i n qL a V e t h e c o v ew i t ha s e r i e so f s u c c e s s i v e l y
a r o u n d t h e b l a naki r h e t O e e p ecru i s .
I L r a n e i L i o nl i n eb e f o r et ' u r n -
'nqthe i
cyinder,TheIap? ero- ^
I videsa clear mark Lo where nl
a"- ,,' ,
y o u e h o u l do, L o Vt u r n i n q .
I T< l t
't/.
I
I
I 59
I
 I
S P I N D L ET U R N I N G I
I
SQUARE
SH()ULDER
CUTS I
1I Turning
-
theshoulder t
I M a r ka s h o u l d el irn eo n t h e b l a n ka n d
turn the roundsectiontnlo a cylinder(page I
5 . 3 ) l e a v r nrph eq c r r a rsee c t i o ni n t a c tT. h e n
u s ea s k e wc h i s etl o c l e a nu p t h et r a n s i t i o n I
hplwppn fhe sn, rarp ,rnd rorrnd qpompntc

o f t h e w o r k p i e c eS.t a r tb y h o l d r n gt h et o o l I
e d g eu p s o t h a t i t s l o n gp o i n ta n d p a r to '
t h e b e v eal r ea l i g n e w d i t ht h e s h o u l d el ri n e . I
S i o w l yr a i s et h e h a n d l em , a k i n ga c l e a n
s l i c i n gc u t d o w nt o t h e r o u n dp o r t i o n
ofthe I
workptece(right).
I
I
I
r ) C l e a n i nugpt h es h o u l d e r
L S e t t h ec h i s esl b e v etl l a to n
I
t h e r o u n ds e c t i o n a n dc a r e f u l l y
t o u c ht l " eh e e lo f t h ec u t t i n ge d g e
I
a g a i n stth e s h o u l d et ro c u t a w a y
anyremaining wasle(below). I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6t) I
t
I
I SPINDLETURNING

t
t TUR N I NP(
G) M M E L S
I a V-sroove
1l Cuttins
-
I M a r ka s h o u l d elri n ea r o u n dt h e f o u r
t s i d e so f a b l a n kt o s e p a r a tteh e p o m m e l
f r o mt h e c y l i n d r i c asle c t i o no f t h e l e g .
I ( F o rt h r sn r o c e d r r rteh.e b l a n ki s t u r n e d
r n t oa c y l i n d ear f t e rt h e p o m m eils c u t . )
I T u r na V - g r o o vien t h e w o r k p i e c w e itha
s k e wc h i s e l( p a g e5 B ) ,s t a r t i n ga b o u t
I 'l inch awayfrom the shoulderline (right).
D e e p e tnh e g r o o v e u n t i li t r u n sc o m p l e t e l y
I a r o u n dt h e w o r k p i e c e .

I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
r ) S h a p i ntgh ep o m m e l
I L Onceyou havefinishedthe V-groove,
t u r nt h e p o m m eal sy o uw o u l dt o w i d e nt h e
I g r o o v ec,u t t i n gw r t ht h e l o n gp o i n to f t h e
c h i s epl o i n t e d
f o r w a r dA. r ct h e c h i s eflr o m
I s i d et o s i d es o t h e b e v e rl u b sa g a i n stth e
e d g e so f t h e g r o o v w e a l l sa s y o uc u t t h e m
I (left).furn off the latheaftereachcut to
r ^ h p r ^ ki h p c h : n p nf thp nnmmpl'qinn
I w h e ny o ur e a c ht h es h o u l d el irn e .F i n a l l y ,
t u r nt h e r o u n dp o r t i o no f t h e w o r k p i e c e
t intoa cylinder(page53).

I
I
I
 I
SPINDLETURNING I
I
()FF
PARTING I
Parting offtheworkpiece I
O n c ey o uh a v ef i n i s h etdu r n i n ga s p i n d l e
project,it maybe necessary to separate it I
fromthe wastewoodusedto holdthe work-
p i e c eb e t w e e cne n t e r sF. o rt u r n i n g sw i t h I
s q u a r ee n d s ,a l l y o uh a v et o d o i s m a k ea
sizingcut (page56) rightthroughthe work- I
p i e c ew i t h a p a r t i n gt o o l .F o rt u r n i n g s
w i t hr o u n d e e d n d s ,l i k et h e u r nf i n i a l I
shownat left,usea skewchiselor radiused
s k e wc h i s e tl o p r e s e r vt eh e c u r v e ds h a p e . I
H o l d i n tgh et o o lw i t ha n u n d e r h a ngdr i p ,
m a k ea s l i c i n gc u t w i t ht h e l o n gp o i n to f I
t h e b l a d ea s y o uw o u l dr o u n da p o m m e l
@ a g e6 1 ) . S u p p o rtth e t u r n i n gw i t h y o u r I
h a n d ,k e e p i n gy o u rf i n g e r sw e l lc l e a ro f
t h e t o o lr e s ta n d b e i n gc a r e f unl o tt o g r i p I
t h e s p r n n i nwg o r k p i e c eM. a k ea s e r i e so f
d e e p eVr - c u t su n t i lt h e f i n i s h e tdu r n i n g I
breaksloosefrom the waste.Removethe
w o r k p i e c fer o mt h e l a t h ea n d s a wo f f I
t h e w a s t ea t t h e o t h e re n d .
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Turning a tenon
l f y o u i n t e n dt o j o i n y o u rw o r k p i e cteo
t
a n o t h e pr a r to f t h e f i n i s h e dw o r kw i t h a
roundmortise-and-tenon joint,turn a tenon I
a t t h e e n d o f t h e b l a n kb e f o r ep a r t i n gi t
o f f, H o l d i n ga p a r t i n gt o o lw i t h a n u n d e r -
t
h a n dg r i p ,t u r n t h e t e n o ni n t h e w a s t e
sectionof the blank(right).f,Aake a series
I
o f s i z i n pc r r i s c. h' -e" ' c' " k' b i n tsh e d i a m e t eor f
asyougo.
thetenonwithcalipers
I
t
62 I
I
I
I TURNING
SPINDLE,
I
t THINTURNINGS
I It is difficult to turn long, thin blqnks
betweencenterswithout gotrgingthe sur-
I face becausethe turning will oftenJlex
and vibrate on the lathe, resultingin
I chatter.Youcan eliminatethisproblem
by usinga commercialsteadyrest,which
I supportsthin spindlework betweencen-
ters.The ntodelshownin thephoto at
I left slidesalong the lathe bedand adjusts
for tuntings up to 2',4inchesin diameter.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t Supportin t hgi ns p i n d l ework
W h e ns h a p i n tgh i n s p i n d l e w o r k ,s u c ha s t h e h o n e yd r i p p e r c r a d l ei t i n t h e f i n g e r so f y o u rl e f th a n dw h i l eb r a c i n tgh e t o o l
I s h o w na b o v e i,t i s i m p o r t a ntto s u p p o rtth e w o r k p i e caen d a g a i n s t h e r e s tw i t h t h e t h u m b ( a b o v e )K . e e py o u rf i n g e r s
r e d u c ev r b r a t i o nl .f y o u d o n o t h a v ea s t e a d yr e s l ( p h o t o . c l e a ro f t h e t o o l b l a d ea n d a v o i da p p l y i n ge x c e s s i vper e s s u r e
I a b o v e )y,o uc a n u s eo n eo f y o u rh a n d s A . s y o ut u r n t h e b l a n k , o n t h et u r n i n s .

I
I 63
I
 I
DE,CORATIVE
SPINDLECUTS t
I
I
J J nlikebasicspindleturning,which plexity,nearlyall decorative
spindleturn- beadscan standalone,they are often
\-/ isprimarilyconcernedwith rough- ing is basedon two fundamentalcuts: part of a seriesof elements in an over-
ing, sizing,and smoothingcylindrical covesandbeads.Coves(below)arecon- allturningdesign.
I
or taperedfurniture parts,decorative cavehollowsturnedin workpieces, while The spindlegougeand skewchisel
spindlework involveselaboration-cut- beads(page66)havetheoppositeprofile: arethetwo main toolsyou will use.With
I
ting grooves,notches,curves,andother a convexsurfaceraisedfrom the sur- its fingernail-ground bevel,thespindle
shapes. But despiteits apparentcom- roundingwork. Althoughcovesand gougeis a goodtool for smoothingthe
I
convexandconcave nrofilesofbeadsand
coves.The skewchiselis normallyused
t
to cutbeads.)ustaspracticingbasicspin- I
dlecutscansharpenyourturningtech-
nique, cutting covesand beadswill
prepareyou for the challengeofsuch
I
elaboratedecorativecutsasvasesand
balls(page69).Tosizetheseelements,
I
andrepeatpatternssuccessfully, you can
usea template,a reverse-image of the
I
desiredshape.
I
Decorative elements cansomelimes
I
beformedin spindlestockwithout
theaid of turningtools.In thephoto
t
at left,a lengthof light-gauge wire
burnsgrooves into q child'srattleas
I
thestockisspunat highspeed.
I
CUTTING
C()VES
I
1 Making thefirstcut I
I Outline thecoveontheblankwitha
pencil. Then,holda spindle gouge in an I
underhand gripwiththeflutepoiniing side-
waysandsliceintothewoodjustinside one I
of themarked lineswiththecutting edge
of thetoolonly.Slowly angle thetoolhan- I
dlebacktowards thelineuntilthebevel
rubsontheworkpiece, andmakea scoop- t
ingcutdownto themiddleof thecove.As
youmakethecut,turnthehandle to rotate I
the bevelagainsi theworkpiece (right).
Thegouge shouldbeflaton its backwhen t
it reaches thecenterof thecove.Rather
t h a nc o n t i n u i nt hgec u ta n dt u r n i n tgh e I
remaining halfofthecovein anuphilldirec-
tion,makea second downhill cutopposite I
thefirst Gtep2).
I
I
I
64 I
t
I
I SPINDLETURNINE
I
I Makingthesecondcut
)
C - W t t nt h e g o u g eo n i t s s i d ea n d
I p o s i t i o n ei dn s i d et h et h e o t h e rm a r k e d
l i n ef o r t h e c o v e ,s t a r tt h e n e wc u t a s
I r r n r r d i d t h p f i r c t n- n, ,p - .T. h, , e na n g r e
ano
r o t a t et h e s p i n d l eg o u g ei n t h e o p p o -
I s i t ed i r e ci lo nl o h r i n pl h e b e v eiln c o n -
tactwith the stock(/eff).
I
I
t
I
t
I
n<' Widenins
thecove
I r - . f R e p e ast t e p s1 a n d 2 . m a k i n ga
s e r i e so f d e e p e cr u t sf r o mr i g h ta n d
I leftthat meetat the bottomof the cove
( b e l o w )C. o n t i n uceu t t i n gb a c kt o t h e
I marked l i n e su n t i lt h ec o v ei s c o m p l e t e .

I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
t
I
I 65
I
 t
SPINDLETURNING I
t
TURNING
BEADS:
SPINDLE
GOUGE I
1l Turnins
-
thebead I
I D e c o r a t i vbee a d sc a n b e t u r n e dw i t h
spindlegouges, skewchisels(page67). or I
beadingtools(page68). Withthe gouge,
t h e t e c h n i q u feo r t u r n i n gb e a d si s t h e I
rpvprqo nf crriirns cnvoc. rpflo.iinq thp
d i f f e r e n cien t h e i rp r o f i l e sS. t a r tb y o u t - t
l i n i n gt h e b e a do n y o u rb l a n kw i t ha p e n -
e il R p o i n"n "i 'n 'ob : t' ' ihc npntpr-nr hio'hpst I
p o i n t - o f t h e b e a d ,h o l dt h e g o u g ef l a t
a n d p e r p e n d i c u ltaort h e w o r ks o t h a t i t s t
b e v e il s r u b b i n gR . a i s et h e h a n d l ea n d
m a k ea d o w n h i lcl u t , r o t a t i n tgh e t o o l i n t
t h e d i r e c t i o on f c u t a n da n g l i n gi t a w a y
fromthe cuI (left).Thegougeshouldfin- I
i c . ht h p . r r t r p s i i n o n n i i q c . i d o R p n p : i f n r
t h e o t h e rs i d eo f t h e b e a d a , ngling and I
r o l l i n gt h e t o o li n t h e o p p o s i t d
eirection.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
r) Turning roundshoulders
I Wnene,thebeadwillstandaloneor
I
bepartof a series of beads, blendit into
t h et u r n i nbgym a k i nrgo u n sd h o u l d eorns
I
eachsideof it. Simply repeat step1 to turn
a half-bead beside thelull bead(rieht).
I
I
I
I
I
t SPINDLETURNING
T
I TURNING
BEADS:
SKEWCHISEL
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I V-CUL

I Kound ehoulder't'

I
I
I D e f i n i ntgh eb e a d
1
I A s k e wc h i s e el n a b l e ys o ut o t u r n
t beadswithsharpdetail.Outlinethe bead
w i t h a p e n c i lt.h e nm a k ea V - c u I( p a g e
I 5& at eachline.Youcan useeitherthe
l o n go r s h o r tp o i n to f t h e c h r s e lb, u t t h e
t longpoint,as shownhere,usuallymakes
t h e j o b e a s i e rT. h e n ,w o r k i n go n o n eo f
I t h e V - c u t sw , i d e no n es i d eo f t h e c u t ,
slowlyliftingthe handleso the bevelrubs
I a n dt h e l o n gp o i n to f t h e c h i s e m l a k e sa
r o u n d e dr,o l l i n gc u t . R e p e afto r t h e o t h -
t er sideof the bead(above).
I
I
I
r) Completing thebead
I L Repeat step1 asnecessary to smooth
t h eh e a d 'ssh a n eT h e nt u r na r o u n d
I v v i i v Y v , i i i e r i

s h o u l d eor n e a c hs i d eo f t h e b e a dt o
I b l e n di t i n t ot h e o t h e re l e m e n tos f t h e
turning (left).
I
I
I
 I
SPINDLETURNING I
I
TURNING
BEADS: T00t
BEADING I
Making thecut t
Because itsbladeis smaller, a beading
toolorovides evenfinercontrol forturn- I
i n gs m a lbl e a dtsh a ne i t h ear s p i n d l e
gougeor a skewchisel.Theprocess is I
similar to usinga skewchisel. Starting
at thecenter-orhighest point-ofthe I
bead,holdthetoolflatandperpendicu-
larto theblanksothatitsbevelisrubbing. t
Raise thehandle andmakea downhill
cut,rotating thetoolin thedirection of I
c u ta n da n g l i nigt a w a yT. h eb e a d i n g
toolshould cometo reston itsside. I
Repeat fortheothersideof the bead,
angling androlling thetoolin theoppo- I
sitedirection.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Resemblinga teardrop -shaped I
bead,thevaseis a designelement
oftenincorporated in balusters
I
andchairlegs.Thebonomof the
vaseis cut likea beadwith a skew
I
chiselandshapedwith rollingcuts.
In thephotoat right,theneckis
I
beingshaped with a spindlegouge
usingthecove-cutting technique.
I
I
68 I
I
I
I SPINDLETURNING
I
t T URN I NAG
BA L L
I 'l
S h a p i ntgh eb a l l
I A b a l li s a s p h e r i c ab le a dt h a tu s u a l l y
t s t a n d sa l o n eo n a s p i n d l e t u r n i n gl i k et h e
c h a i rl e gs h o w na t r i g h t .T h e d e c o r a t i v e
I d e t a i lc a n b e t u r n e dw i t h a s k e wc h i s e l a ,
s p i n d l eg o u g eo, r a b e a d i n g t o o l .S t a r tb y
I s h a p i n tgh e e l e m e n tasr o u n d t h e b a l l ,t h e n
d e fi n et h e b a l l i t s e l fw i t h a s p i n d l eg o u g e
I as you woulda bead(page66), buI mak-
i n gi t w i d e ra n df u l l e r S. t a r t i nagt t h ec e n -
t t e r - o r h i g h e spt o i n t o f t h e b a l l ,h o l dt h e
gougeflatandperpendicular to the workso
I t h a t i t s b e v e il s r u b b i n gL. i f t t h e h a n d l e
a n d m a k ea d o w n h i lcl u t ,r o t a t i ntgh et o o l
I i n t h ed i r e c t i oonf c u t a n d a n g l i n gi t a w a y .
T h eg o u g es h o u l dc o m et o r e s to n i t s s i d e .
I Repeatfor the othersideof the ball tight),
a n g l i n ga n d r o l l i n gt h e t o o li n t h e o p p o -
I s i t ed i r e c t i o n .

I
I
I
t
I
I r) Sizingwitha template
L t o c h e c kt h e s h a p eo f t h e b a l l ,
I c u t a s m a l lr e v e r s e - p r o f ti leem p l a t e
f r o mh a r d b o a rwdi t ht h e d e s i r e d curve
I of the ball (left).ff necessary, makea
f e w m o r er o l l i n gc u t sw i t ht h e s p i n d l e
I g o u g eu n t i lt h e b a l lm a t c h e tsh e p r o -
f i l eo f t h et e m p l a t e .
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I 69
I
 I
SPINDLETURNING t
I
TURNING
FILLETS I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
Cutting a fillet I
A filletis a flatsegment thatjoinstwodecorativeelements
of a turning.
Inthe
illustration above,a filletis beingturnedbetweena coveandan urn.Tocuta fil- I
let,holda parting toolwithan underhand gripandmakea sizingcut (page56).
I
FINIATS I
Incorporatingmzny decora- I
tivespindlecutsinto a unified
whole,finiak add thecrown- I
ing touchtofurniturepieces
suchashighboys,beds,and I
balusters.Thetulipwood
finial in thephotoat right t
featuresa ball-and-urnmotif
with coves,beads,andfillets I
astransitionalelements.
t
I
I
I
I
70 I
I
I
I SPINDLETURNING

I
I
I EUILDITYOURSELF t
t
HANDTES FOR TURNING TOOLS
I T u r n i n gy o u ro w nt o o l h a n d l e si s
m o r et h a nj u s tg o o ds p i n d l ep r a c t i c e .
I S o m et u r n i n gt o o l sa r es o l dw i t h o u t
h a n d l e sa,n dm a n yt u r n e r sp r e f etro
I m a k et h e i ro w nt o f i t t h e i rh a n d s .
T o t u r na t o o lh a n d l ec, u t a b l a n k
I from a dense,stronghardwood such
a s a s ho r h i c k o r ym , a k i n gs u r et h a t
I t h eg r a i nr u n sa l o n gt h e l e n g ho f t h e
b l a n kA . b l a n kt h a t i s 1 %t o 2 i n c h e s
t squara e n d 1 3 t o 1 6 i n c h e sl o n gw i l l
y i e l da s t a n d a rhda n d l eM . ounthe
I p i e c eb e t w e ecne n t e r a s n dt u r n i t
d o w nt o a s m o o t hc y l i n d e r .
I B u ya b r a s sf e r r u l ef o r t h e h a n d l e ,
o r m a k eo n ef r o m 1 - i n c h - d i a m e t e r
t c o p p etru b i n g c, u t a b o u t1 i n c hl o n g .
F i l et h p e d p e ss m o o t hT. h e nu s ea
t p a r t i n gt o o lt o t u r n a t e n o no n o n e
e n d o f t h e b l a n kt o a c c o m m o d a t e 0 n c e y o ua r es a t i s f i e dw i t h t h e
t t h ef e r r u l e . h a n d l e ' s h a p ey, o u n e e dt o b o r ea
M e a s u rteh e i n s i d ed i a m e t eor f t h e h o l ei n t h e t e n o ne n dt o a c c o m m o -
I ferrulewith dial calipers?ight,tofl, d a t et h e t a n go f t h e t o o l .T h es i z eo f
a n dt u r n t h e o u t s i d ed i a m e t eor f the holedepends on the typeof tang.
I t h e t e n o nt o m a t c h .G i v et h e t e n o n F o rr o u n d - s e c t i ounn, t a p e r etda n g s ,
a s l i s h t a n e rs o t h e f e r r u l e w i l lf i t b o r ea h o l ee q u a tl o t h e t a n gd i a m e -
I s n u g l yR . e m o vteh e h a n d l ef r o mt h e lor 2 la ? innhoe d - o- o- rn . F, o f s q u a r e -
l a t h e s, e t i t e n dd o w no n a w o r ks u r - s e c t i o nt,a p e r e dt a n g s y, o u n e e dt o
I f a c e ,a n dt a p t h e f e r r u l ei n p l a c e d r i l la t w o - s t e h p o l e :T h et o p h a l f
with a mallet (right,botton). s h o u l db e t h e s a m ed i a m e t ear s t h e
I N e x t ,r e m o u ntth e h a n d l eo n t h e t a n g7 %i n c h e sf r o mt h e t i p ; t h e b o t -
l a t h ea n ds h a p ei t w i t h a s k e wc h i s e l t o m h a l fs h o u l db e t h e s a m ew i d t h
I a n d s n i n d l es o r j s e(. R e f e tr o t h e a s t h e t a n g% i n c hf r o mi t s t i p .
b a c ke n d p a p eor f t h i s b o o kf o r a B o r et h e h o l e so n t h e l a t h e .
I selectioo n f t y p i c a tl o o l h a n d l e M o u n t h e b i t i n a J a c o b cs h u c k
^L^^^^
5ildpc5 yuu Ldr
-^t,^
rrdnc,,/
\
a n d a t t a c ht h e c h u c kt o t h e l a t h e
I A s y o u a r et u r n i n gt h e h a n d l e , t a i l s t o c kH. o l d i n tgh e h a n d l es t e a d y ,
s w i t c ho f f t h e l a t h eo c c a s i o n a a
lln
yd a d v a n c teh e t a i l s t o c ak n d h a n d l e
t c h e c kh o wt h e h a n d l ef e e l si n y o u r w i t h t h e h a n d w h e es lo t h e b i t b o r e s
h a n d .l f y o uw i s h ,m a k ed e c o r a t i v e s t r a i g h ti n t o t h e t e n o ne n d / p a g e
I g r o o v eisn t h e t a i l e n do f t h e h a n d l e ; 47). l[ake surethe holeis centered
s o m ew o o dt u r n e r si d e n t i f yt h e i r in theblank. t h e b l a d ei n t ot h e h a n d l eS. e c u r e
the
I t o o l sa c c o r d i ntgo t h e n u m b e ro f T o c o m p l e tteh e h a n d l es, a wo f f b l a d ei n p l a c eb y r a p p i n g
t h e b u t to f
ornn\/ae in thp h:ndlp the wasteat the butt end and insert t h eh a n d l w e i t ha m a l l e t .
I
I
I 7l

I
 I
SPINDLETURNING I
I
DUPLICATE
TURNINGS I
Usinga storytemplate T
W h e nm a k i n gm u l t i p l ce o p i e o sfa single
design,suchas a seriesof tablelegs,a sto- t
r yt e m p l a t e w r l lh e l py o uo u t l i n et h e p a t -
t e r no n e a c hb l a n kT . o m a k et h et e m p l a t e , t
d r a wy o u rd e s i g nf u l l - s c a loen a p i e c eo f
%-inch ardboard M. a r ka c e n t e r l i ndeo w n I
t h e l e n g t ho f t h e t e m p l a t et h , e no u t l i n e
e a c he l e m e nitn t h et u r n i n g b e a d sc,o v e s , t
f i l l e t sb, a l l su, r n sv, a s e s - b ym a r k i n lgi n e s
p e r p e n d r c u tl a o rt h e c e n t e r l i n e
A.l s om a r k I
thedesired t h i c k n e sosf e a c he l e m e not n
t h e t e m p l a t eT. o u s et h e t e m p l a t eh, o l di t t
o n t h e t o o lr e s ta n d b u t t o n ee d g ea g a i n s t
t h e b l a n kT . u r no n t h e l a t h ea n dt r a n s f e r t
t h e m a r k e dl i n e sf r o mt h et e m p l a t e to the
s p i n n i n gb l a n kw i t h a p e n c i l( l e f t ) f. h e I
r e s u l t i nlgi n e sw i l l p r o v i dae g u i d et o t h e
locationof eachelementon the workpiece. I
A s t h e t u r n i n gp r o g r e s s euss, ec a l i p e r tso
c h e c kt h e b l a n ka g a i n st th e m e a s u r e m e n t s I
o n t h et e m p l a t e .
I
t
iift uil,","ui rtli.tlffiuiuJuil Hl $
I
I
1HO?TI?
I
A layout tool for multipleturninqe (-
Formulf,iple coVieoof oVindle work,Iheehop-made
layouljig ehownhereenablesyou lo scribelayout,
1', I
I \-\

lineeon everyblank4uicklyand accuralely.Trace

yourdeetqnonto a Vieceof ocraVand driie ,.1,,
I
a finiehing nailinlo lhe edqeof the ...'^\,
1iqaI eachtraneitionin the deoiqn ' /'
I
Snipoff trhenailheadsand file ,/'/
NheendeLo sharp VoinNe. . ..,..'' ,,2 I
) n c e y o u h a v ee h a V e d .t/
yourblankinto a cylin- S. ./ I
der,eimVlyVree,e the., ',,(.
,.-Z
I
I
I
I
I
72 I
t
I
t SPLITAND CARVEDTURNINGS
I
I {l ecorative spindleturningdoesnot nerstonesof the Sheratonstyleof fur-
L) endwith beads,coves,and balls. niturein the mid-18thCentury.
I With a little imagination,exotictouch- Carvedin balusters, chairlegs,and
escanbe addedto an ordinaryspindle bedposts,reedsandflutesguidethe eye
t turning. One innovativetechnique alongthe pieceandaccentuate its verti-
involvescleavinga turning down the calline. Reeds(page78)areconvexand
I middle,producingsymmetrical halves. aretypicallycarvedinto a taperor vase
Idealfor piecessuchasbookends,wall- to accentuateits curve.Flfies (page75)
I mountedlamps,or quartercolumns, areconcaveand areordinarilycut into
splitspindleturningis an easytechnique cylinders.Theyarefrequentlya feature
I to master.The blank is sawnin half or of ouartercolumns.
quarters, gluedup with newspaper in Both reedsand flutescanbe carved
T the joint, and mountedin the lathe. on a blankwhile it is still mountedin
Aftertheworkpieceis turned,thepieces the lathe,althoughnot while the lathe
t canbe easilyseparated. Quartercolumnsadda visualframe- is actuallyrunning. The machine's
Reedsand flutes made along the worktofinefurnituresuchastheQueen indexingheadenablesyou to spacethe
I lengthof a spindleturning aretwo oth- Annechestof drawersshownabove. reedsor flutesequallywhileholdingthe
er populardecorativeelements.In fact, Thecolumnsaremadefrom a single workpiecestationaryasyou carve.You
I reedsand flutesdateto ancientGreek blanksawnin four, thengluedup, also can rout flutes with an electric
andRomantimes,andlaterbecamecor- turnedon thelathe,andpriedapart. routerandthejig shownonpage76.
I
I A SPLITTURNING
MAKING
I 1 Gluing uptheblank
I Toprepare a blankfora splitturning,
I cutthepieceoversize. lf youwillbesplif
tingtheturning in two,asforthepairof
I bell-shapedbookends shownon page74,
sawtheblankin half.Forquarter columns,
I likethoseshownin thephotoabove, rip
theblankintofourequalpieces (inset).
I Jointthe insidesurfaces of eachblank,
thenglueandclampthembacktogether
I withnewspaper in between (/eft).Thiswill
allowyouto pullthepieces aparteasily.
I Oncetheglueis dry,remove theclamps,
mounttheblankonthelathe, andturnit.
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I 73

I
 I
SPINDLETURNING I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
/) Separating theturning I
llltltnlltljlltllltlitlllljlllJltltlll|illlllllll
L lttertheturninghasbeenfinished,
remove it fromthelathe.Thenusea wood
chiselto prytheglued-up halves apart.
lllJilllill lllll]11 I
Secure theturning to a worksurfaceas t
shownabove, thenworkthechiselinto 5HO7Tt? I
theseamontheendof thestock. Tapthe
chiselgentlywitha malletandtwistthe Uoingcompreeoionringo
bladefromsideto sideuntiltheoieces
)pliI turningecan breakapart,betore I
you are tinishedNurning Ihem.One
separate. Clean theglueandnewspaper wayNoeolvethe problemio tro rein-
fromthe insidesurfaces witha scraDer. forceLheblankewiLhohop-made
I
compreeeionrinqo.CuNNwo'/' - inch-
lonqrinqefrom 1/z-inch-diameLer I
co??erNubin7 and oharpenone
rim of eachwith a file.before I
mounNinq Nheblank,drivea
ringinXoeachendwith a ham- T
mer,a6 shownhere.
I
\\rr I
I
I
I
I
T SPINDLETURNING
I
I MAKING
FLUTES
I theflutes
1l 0utlinins
-
I U s et h e l a t h e ' si n d e x i n h g e a da n da
I s h o p - m a dlea y o ujti g t o m a r kt h e f l u t e so n
y o u rb l a n k .F o rt h e j i g , a t t a c ht h e u p r i g h t
I in ihp hasp nipcp al : 9Oo :nolp Rnre z

h o l et h r o u g ht h e u p r i g htto h o l da p e n c i l
I t i p l e v ew l r t ht h e m i d d l eo f t h e b l a n kw h e n
the baseis seton the lathebed.Insertthe
I indexinp g i n i n t ot h e i n d e x i n g h e a dt o
secure t h e h e a d s t o cakn db l a n k S . l i d et h e
I l a y o ujti g a l o n gt h e l a t h eb e d ,m a r k i n tgh e
f l u t eo n t h e l e g .T o s p a c et h e f l u t e se q u a l -
I l y ,y o u m u s tr o t a t et h e i n d e x i n g h e a db y
t h e s a m ea m o u n e t a c ht i m e y o um a r ko u t
t a f l u t e .D i v i d e t h e n u m b eor f h o l e si n t h e
h e a d i n t h i sc a s e 6 , 0 - b y t h e n u m b eor f
I f l u t e sy o uw a n t .l f y o uw a n t e ds i x f l u t e s ,
for example,youwouldrotatethe headby
I 1 0 h o l e sR . e m o v teh e p i n f r o mt h e h e a d ,
r o t a t et h e h e a dt h e r e c u i r e dn u m b e or f
I holes,and markthe secondIluIe (right).
R e n e artr n t i al l l t h e f l u t e sa r em a r k e d .
I T o o u t l i n et h e f l u t e sf o r c a r v i n gm , ark
t w o e q u a l l ys p a c e dl i n e so n e a c hs i d e
I o f t h e f l u t ec e n t e r l i nm e a r k ,f o r m i n ga
n a r r o wr e c t a n g l e .
I
T
T
T
I
T theflutes
Carving
W i t ht h e l e gs t i l lm o u n t e idn t h e l a t h e ,
t u s ea c a r v i n g o u g et o f a s h i o nt h e f l u t e s .
F o re a c hf l u t e ,s e c u r et h e l e gw i t ht h e
I i n d e x i npg i n a n dc u t a s h a l l o w channel

r along t h e c e n t e r l i nwei t ht h
e corioc nf deoner e rrtc uriih thp onrroo
e g o u g eM. ake

m a i n t a i n i nagn e v e nd e p t ha l o n gt h ef i u t e
T ( l e f t ) .f o f i n i s h ,m a k ea p l u n g ec u t w i t h
t h e c a r v i n g o u g ea t e a c he n do f t h e f l u t e
I w i t ht h e b e v efl a c i n gt h e m i d d l eo f t h e
flute (insef).Thencleanup the cornersof
I t h e c u t sw i t ht h e g o u g e .

T
I 75

I
 I
SPINDLETURNING
T
I
I

I
A COLUMN-FLUTING JIGFOR THETATHE
Thejig shownat rightwillenable you T
to usea routerfor cuttingfluteson
yourlatheturnings. Cutthe pieces of I
thejig from%-inchplywood, except
forthetop,whichis madefrom%-inch T
clearacrylic. Thejig shouldbe long
andwideenough to support yourrouter's I
baseplate,andhighenough to hold
thetooljustabove theblankwhenthe I
jig is setonthe lathebed.
Assemble thetop,bottom, andsides, I
thenaddthebraces for rigidity. Install
a double-bearing piloted flutingbit in I
yourrouter,borea bit clearance hole
through thejtgtop,andscrewthetool's I
baseplateto thejlg.
To spacetheflutesequally, you I
canusethe indexing headmethod
described on page75 or markthe I
f luteson a faceplate. lf youwant12
f lutes,for example, divide360 (the I
number of degrees in a circle)by 12,
yielding a spaceof 30". Usea protrac- I
t o ra n da o e n c itlo m a r kf l u t el i n e s
on the faceplate 30' apart(below). I
Attachthefaceplate to theheadstock I
of thelathe.
Tosetupthejig,placeit onthelathe I
bedandmounttheblankbetween cen-
ters;makesurethat the latheand I
routerareunplugged. Alsoensure
thatthe glue linesseparating the T
partsof the blankarealignedwith
the f lutemarkson the faceplate. I
Setthe router'sdepthof cutsothat
thebit is centered alongthe horizon- T
tal axisof theblank.Rotate theface-
platebyhanduntiloneof theflutelines t
isat the12 o'clock position.Tightena
handscrew around thelathedriveshaft t
to prevent it fromrotating.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I SPINDLETURNING
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
r
r
I Tobecertain thatallthefluteswill onestopblock,turnontherouter, and bearing against thestock(below),slide
bethesamelength, clampstopblocks pushonthesideof thejig to feedthe jig
the along thelathebeduntilit con-
I to the lathebed.Buttthejig against Oncethepilotsare
bit intotheblank. tactsthe otherstopblock.Keepthe
bit pilotspressed against thestockas
I it routsthef lute.
Turnofftherouter, remove thehand-
I screw, androtatethefaceplate byhand
to alignthenextflutelinewiththebit,
T thenreinstall thehandscrew. Repeatto
cut the remaining flutes(above).
r
I
I
I
I
I 77
I
 t
SPINDLETURNING I
I
M A K I NRGE E D S T
1I Markins
_
outthereeds T
J . 0 u t l i n er e e d so n a t u r n r n gb l a n ku s i n g
y o u rl a t h e ' si n d e x i nhge a da s y o uw o u l d I
markf lutes.Youcan usea layoutlig (page
7 5 ) o r t h e t o o l r e s t .W i t h t h e l a t h eu n - I
plugged a n dt h e i n d e x i n p gi n i n t h e h e a d ,
p o s i t i o tnh e r e s tp a r a l l et lo t h e b l a n ka n d I
r a i s ei t s o t h e t o p o f t h e r e s ti s l e v ewl ith
t h e m i d d l eo f t h e b l a n k D . r a wa p e n c i l I
alongthe toolrestto layout the first reed.
T o m a r ke a c hr e m a i n i n g r e e(dr t g h t )d, t s - I
e n g a g teh e p i n f r o mt h e i n d e x i n g head,
r o t a t et h e h e a d a, n dr e i n s e rt h t epininthe I
annrnnri:ic hnlp

I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
r) Carving thereeds
L tlseawell-sharpened carver's partingtoolto outlinethe reeds. e a c hs i d eo f t h e g r o o v e sr o , l l i n ga f l a t c a r v e r 'csh i s e sl l i g h t l y
T
Secure t h e l e go n t h e l a t h ew i t ht h e i n d e x i n p g r ns o t h a to n eo f fromsideto side(above, left).Followthe leg'scontours, making
y o u rl a y o ulti n e si s f a c i n gu p w a r d st h, e nc u t a s h a l l o w groove the reedswiderat the top thanat the bottom.Endthe topsof the
I
a l o n gt h e l i n ew i t ht h e p a r t i n gt o o l .R e p e afto r t h e o t h e rm a r k e d r e e d sa s y o ud i d t h e f l u t e s ,u s i n ga c a r v i n g o u g eo f t h e p r o p e r
l i n e st,h e nr o u n dt h e r e e d sb e t w e etnh e mb y m a k i n gc u t so n stze(above,rtght);thebottomsof reedsareoftenleft open.
I
I
7B I
t
I
I
FINISHING
I
T hereis a widespread beliefamong clearof thelatheinstead of pullingyour
f
I woodturnersthat if a turningneeds handovertheturning.
I to be sanded.thenthetoolsusedto oro- A spindleturningis bestfinished
duceit wereeitherdull or usedimpiop- righton thelathe.A goodfinishseals
I erly.Thereis more than a little truth thewoodfromdustandmoisture while
behindthisopinion;a smoothandclean bringingout the natural beautyof the
I turning needsno sanding.A surfacecut wood.Because theytendto obscure
cleanlyby tools is superiorto a sanded ratherthanenhance grain,stainsare
I surface;sandinginevitablyscratches a rarelyused.Turnings areoftenfinished
spindleturning because it is performed witha combination oil-and-wax finish,
I againstthe grain.Tomakemattersworse, althoughhigher-gloss finishes, suchas
a finishwill onlymagnif' theblemishes. lacquer, canbeapplied;seethechart
I Until you developinto a proficient belowfor a selection of appropriate
enoughturner to skip sandpaperalto- Thesimplest andmostnaturallinish products. Aswith sanding onthelathe,
I gether,useit sparingly,only to smooth run themachine ata slowspeed to avoid
for a spindleturningk oftentheone
at hand.In thephotoabove,a splashing,always keepthetoolrestclear
t thewood,neverto actuallyshapeit. Start
with 100grit and work up to 280grit.
closest
cherryfinial isbeingrubbedwith a of theworkandfinishtheturningfrom
Whereverpossible,sandthe bottom of palm-fullof woodshavings. Natural oils underneath. Avoidusinglargecloths,
I the turning as it spinson the lathe. will imparta warm, astheycangetsnagged andpull your
from theshavings
Shouldthepapercatch,it will bethrown burnished glowto thewood. fingersintothespinningwork.
I
I A SELECTION
OFFINISHES
FORTURNING
I
TYPEOFFINISH FINISHING CHARACTERISTICS
ANDUSES METHODS
OFAPPTICATI()N
I PRODUCTS
Penetrating
oils T u n go i l , Natural finishthatpenetrates thewood Applied
wiihcottoncloth.
I D a n i sohi l andhardens to a thin,moisture-resis-
tantfilmasit dries.Usedforgeneral
t spindle turnings, penetrating
oilsbuild
upa transparent matteto semigloss fin-
I ishwithrepeated applications.
Non-toxic Purewalnut These arenatural oils.Purewalnut Applied
withcottoncloth.
I penetrating
oils o i l ,s a l a o
di l , oil andsaladoil areusedon kitchen
minera o li l implements andsaladbowls, mineral
I oil is usedonturned toyssuchaschil-
dren'srattles.
I High-gloss
finishes Lacquer, Solvent-release finishesthatdryquickly Lacquer is brushed
or sprayed
shellac to a clear,hardf inish;a glossyf inish onturning whilelatheis off,
I canbebuiltupwithrepeated applica- thenbuffedandburnished with
tions.Usedonvases, bowls,platters cottonclothandfineabrasives
I andspecialty turnings
oloqq is dpqirpd
wherea high whileworkis spinning;
is applied
shellac
withcottonclothand
f ineabrasives.
I
Waxes Carnauba, Usedongeneral spindleturnings
to Applied withcottoncloth;car-
I beeswax,
pastewax
sealandprotect
imparting
oiledworkpieces
a highpolish.
while
Carnaubaisa
nauba canbeapplied bystick.

r hard,brittlevegetable
wax;commercial
oastewaxis a blendof carnauba
and
softerbeeswax.
I
I
I 79
I
 I
SPINDLETURNING
I
t
I
TURNING
A SPINDLE
SMOOTHING
I
S a n d i nag f l a ts e c t i o n
Remove t h e t o o l r e s t .T o s a n dt h e f l a t T
a r e a so f a s p i n d l e[ u r n i n gf,o l da p i e c eo f
s a n d p a p ei nr t h i r d si o p r e v e ntth e p a p e r I
f r o ms l i p p i n gS. w i t c ho n t h e l a t h ea n d ,
h o l d r ntgh e p a p e ri n b o t hh a n d sl,i f t t h e I
p a p e tr o t h e t u r n i n gf r o mu n d e r n e a t h .
W o r kw i t h t h e g r a i na l o n gt h e l e n g t ho f I
the workas muchas possiblekight).Stop
s a n d i n gp e r i o d i c a ltl oy p r e v e nbt u r n i n g . I
0 n c e t h e s c r a t c h efsr o mt h e p r e v i o u s
g r i t h a v eb e e ns m o o t h e da w a y ,m o v et o I
a f i n e rp a p e r .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
S a n d i ncgo v e sb, e a d sa n dp o m m e l s
C o v e as r es a n d e db y b e n d i n tgh e s a n d p a p ei nr t oa U s h a p es o d o w eo l f t h e a p p r o p r i a tdei a m e t e rS. a n db e a d so r p o m m e i s T
t h e p a p e rc o n t a c t st h e c o n c a v e
s u r f a c eH , o l d t n gt h e p a p e rI n f r o ms i d et o s i d et o c o n -
h o l d r ntgh e p a p evr e r t i c a l al yn dr o l l i n g
b o t hh a n d ss, m o o t ht h e c o v e f r o m d i r e c t l ya b o v e( a b o v el ,e f t ) . tact the wood(above,rrght).Be carefulthat yourfingersare not I
Narrow c o v e sc a n b e s a n d e db y w r a p p i n tgh e p a p e ra r o u n da s t r u c kb y t h e s q u a r ep o m m ecl o r n e r s .
I
80
I
I
I
I SPINDLETURNING
l
t F I NISH I A
NSGP I N D T
LEU R N IN G
t 1t 0ilins
-
theturnins
I Setthe latheto a slowsoeedto orevent
I t h e o i l f r o ms p l a s h i n gA.p p l ys o m eo i l t o a
s o f tc o t t o nc l o t ha n d r u b i t i n t ot h e s p i n -
I ningwoodfrom undernealh(right);make
s u r et h e c l o t hi s n o tw r a p p e d a r o u n dy o u r
I f i n o p r s I p t t h p tLrur' rr 'nr 'i 1n6od ^^r -^^^^+^^
u lry.. , o l l u I t r P t r o L o )

m a n yt i m e sa s n e e d e du n t i li h e o i l p e n e -
I t r a t e st h e w o o d .l f d e s i r e dy,o uc a ns a n d
t h e t u r n i n gw i t h3 2 0 - g r i st a n d p a p earn d
I r u bo u tt h e f i n i s hw i t hf i n ea b r a s i v essu c h
a s p u m i c eo r r o t t e n s t o naen da r a g .F i n a l l y .
I rub the turningwith woodshavings(phofo,
p a g e7 9 ) t o g i v ei t a f i n a lb u r n i s h i n g .
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I r) Waxing theturning
L l o g i v et h et u r n i nag h i g h epro l i s h ,
t increase thelathespeed andapplya wax
f inish.lf youareusing a softwax,applyit
I witha softclothasyouwould oil.lf youare
usinga turner's waxstick,holdthestick
I gently against thespinning workpiece (/eff),
applyrng a thinlayer to thesurface. Move
I t h ew a xs t i c kq u i c k layl o n tgh et u r n i ntgo
prevent toomuchbuildup. Witheither wax,
I bufftheturning witha cleancotton cloth;
keeprubbing untilthewaxis melted and
I thedesired glossisachieved.
I
I
I
I
I

r
I
I FACEPIAETIIRNNG
I
I
I
hereissomething unique- Mostbowl-turning projects
I ly rewarding aboutface- followthesamebasicseouence.
plateturning-transforminga Beginby mountingwhatwill
I pieceof roughlumberinto a bethetop of thebowlto the
smooth,symmetrical bowi. lathe,thenshapetheoutside,
I Fromstartto finish.theentire sandandfinishthesurface. and
process takesplaceon a lathe. prepare thebasefor mounting.
I Thereis no assembly, joinery Thenreverse thebowlandtrue
or fabrication ofotherparts. andshape therim. Finally,turn
I Theproductiscomplete in this theinsideof thebowl,sandand
singleprocess. finishit, andreverse thebowl
t Faceplate turningalsooffers onelasttimeto complete the
thewoodturneragreatdealof baseandremoveevidence of
I design freedom. Tiue,thereare Oncea bowlis turnedand sandedsmooth,a finish yourmountingmethod.
certainpracticalconsidera- can beapplied.Sincethe bowlshownhereis intended Beforeyoubeginturning,
t tions.Whatwill thebowlhold? to holdfood, it isgivena light coatingof mineral youwill needto find asuitable
Howstrongdoesit needto be? oil with a lint-freecottonpad. wayto mountyourblankon
I Butthereis alsomuchroom thelathe.Traditionallv. thisis
for experimentation andimprovisation in distinguishingfac- doneby screwingor tapingthestockto a faceplateor gluingit
I torsrangingfrom theshapeof thebowlandits baseto the to a block attachedto the faceplate.More recently,turnershave
thickness of itswalls. useda varietyof chucksto clamptheirwork. Chuclscanhold
I Theoptionsincrease with a turner'sskill.Forbeginners, it smallandoddlyshapedpieces,andareexcellent for grippingthe
isbestfirstto master sometraditional shapes andprofiles. This rim of a bowl to turn thebase.Chucls alsocansaveyou time if
I chapterwill showhowto producetwo relativelyeasybowl you areturning a seriesof similarpieces.No matterwhatyou
r designs. Completing theseprojects will helpyoudevelop
skillsthatyouwill needto givefreereignto yourcreativity.
the useto hold a blank,you aresureto find faceplateturning a
rewardingand challengingexperience.
I
I
t
r
I
r A gougeshapesthe baseof a bowl. Therecess
at
thecenterof thebasewill beusedto rechuckthe
I bowlto thelathesotheinsidecanbehollowedout

I 83
I
 I
MOUNTINGMETHODS I
I
'fa he methodsof mountinga blank
"outnum- shouldbe usedwith glueblocksexcept be turned (page110).However,the t
I tbr faceplate turningfar whenyou areturning greenwood,for spinningjawsrepresent a two-folddan-
berthetechniques usedto producethe whichgap-fillingcyanoacrylate adhe- ger.First,ifyou gettoo close,theycan I
piecesthemselves. Thetraditionalwork- siveis the bestchoice. inflict a seriouswound.Second,and
holding device,the faceplate(below), The alternativeto a faceplate is a mostimportant,if you over-expand the I
is still popularfor securingthe top of chuck,andthe numberof commercial jaws,theycancomelooseandfly away
a bowl to turn the bottom;screwsare modelsavailableto wood turnershas from thetool,causinginjury. I
driveninto woodthatwill be hollowed increased in recentyears.Most stan- If you usea chuck,readthe owner's
out laterto form the mouthof theves- dard chuckingmethodsareshownin manualcarefully andfollowallthesafe- t
sel.Ratherthandrivingscrewsinto your the followingpages. The scrollchuck ty precautions,particularly those
blank, you can use a faceplatefor (pageB9),which usesthreeor four con- regarding thesizeof theworkpieceand I
mountingwith a glueblock (page85), tractingor expandingjawsto clamp the chuckcapacity.Commercialchucks
a paperjoint (page85),or double-sided stock,is a prime example.It is quick canalsobe expensive. The shop-made I
tape(pageB6).Oncethe turningis fin- and easyto useand the jawsleaveno exampleshownon page90 is handy
ished,the workpieceis pried, sawn, visiblemarkson theworkpiece. In addi- and costsalmostnothins to build. I
or partedoff the auxiliaryblock-or, tion, somemodelscan6e fittedwith Othertraditionalwoodenchuckdesigns
in the caseof double-sided tape,the rubberpostsfor holdingthe rim of a canbe madejust aseasilyand tailored I
faceplate.In general,yellow glue nearlyfinishedbowl sothebottomcan for your work.
I
FACEPLATES I
Mounting theblank I
A faceolate orovides a reliable andsafe
m e t h o od f m o u n t i nsgt o c kt o t h eh e a d - I
stock,butyoumustbe carefulnotto
drivescrews intoanywoodthatwillremain I
inthefinished bowl.Rough-cut yourblank
to a circleonthebandsaw (back endpa- I
per),thensetit on a worksurface. Center
t h ef a c e o l a ot ent o oo f t h eb o w bl l a n k I
andfastenit in place(nghf). Then,mount
t h ef a c e p l a t eo t h e h e a d s t o sc p
k indle I
of thelathe.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
84 t
I
I
I FACEPLAIETURNING
I
I BL(ICKS
GLUE
I Glamping a glueblocktotheblank
T h eg l u eb l o c km o u n t i nm g e t h o rde l i e s
I o n a d h e s i v e s o r o v i d es o l i dh o l d
t h a t a
withoutpenetrating toodeeplyintothe
I wood.Usually, yellow gluewilldothejob.
Makesurethebottom of thebowlblank
I isevenenough to form a cleanjointwith
the glue block;smooth thesurface witha
I hand plane, if necessary. Tofashion the
g l u eb l o c kc, u ta w o o db l o c ki n t oa c r r -
I c l es l i g h t llya r g et rh a nt h ed i a m e t eorf
yourfaceplate. Theblockshould bethick
I enough to holdthescrews thatwillattach
it to thefaceplate. Fasten theblockto the
I faceplate, thenspread an evencoating of
yellow glueontheblockandcenter it on
I thebowlblank.Usetwoclamps to secure
thepieces together withevenpressure and
I allowtheadhesive to cure.Oncetheturn-
ingis done,theglueblockcanbeparted
I offfromtheblank.

t
I PAPER
JOINTS
I
I
I
I
I Assembling thejoint
T h ep a p ejro i n ti s i d e n t i c a
t ol t h eg l u e
I blockmethod described above. exceot
thata sheetof kraftpaperis sandwiched
t between
Thepaperallows
theglueblockandthebowlblank.
thepieces to be pried
I aoartoncethebowlis turned.Screw the
faceplate to theglueblock,ensuring the
I screws do notpassthrough the block.
T h e ns p r e aad t h i nl a y eor f g l u eo n t h e
t bottom
block.Place
of thebowlblankandontheglue
a pieceof kraftpaper slight-
I ly larger thantheglueblockonthework-
p i e c es, e tt h eg l u eb l o c ko n t h ep a p e r
( l e f t ) , I h ecnl a m pt h ea s s e m bal ysy o u
I would a g l u ej o i n t .
I
I B5
I
 t
FACEPLATETURNING r
t
ATTACHING
A BLANKWITHDOUBIE.SIDED
TAPE
I
'l
Applying thetape I
I D o u b l e - s i dteudr n i n gt a p ep r o v i d eas
s i m p l ew a yt o s e c u r e a lightweigh b tl a n k I
f o r f a c e p l a t teu r n i n g C
. u t s t r i p so f t w o -
s i d e dt u r n i n gt a p et o c o v e ra s m u c ho f I
t h e f a c e p l a taes p o s s i b l eR. e m o v teh e
b a c k i n gp a p e frr o mo n es i d eo f t h es t r i p s I
a n df i xt h e mo n t h e f a c e p l a t eT.h e n ,
n e e lt h p n a n e nr f f i h e o t h e rs i d eo f t h e I
lzno (lpff) Prpqs thp f:npnlato nn fho

b l a n k c, e n t e r i nigt a s w e l la s p o s s r b l e I
o nt h es t o c k .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r) Mounting theassembly on the lathe
I
L t - l s ep r e s s u r ef r o m t h e t a i l s t o c kt o
r e i n f o r cteh e t a p eb o n db e t w e e tnh e f a c e -
I
p l a t ea n d t h e t u r n i n gb l a n k .l n s t a l tl h e
faceplato e n t h e h e a d s t o cskp i n d l eT. h e n
I
i n s e r at l i v ec e n t e ri n t h e t a i l s t o cak n d
s l i d ei t a g a i n st th e b l a n kT. u r nt h e h a n d -
I
w h e e lt o i n c r e a s et h e p r e s s u r e( r r g h t ) .
Y o uc a n n o we i t h e rm o v et h e t a i l s t o c k
I
a w a yf r o mt h e b l a n ka n d s h a p et h e o u t -
s i d eo f t h e b o w lo r l e a v et h e t a i l s t o c ki n
I
p l a c e .D o n o t l e a v et h e b l a n ko n t h e l a t h e
for an extended time,as gravitywill loosen
I
t h e h o l d r n g w e ro f t h e t a p e ;i n s t e a d ,
p o
w h e ny o us t o pw o r kr e m o v et h e f a c e p l a t e
I
f r o mt h e h e a d s t o cakn d s e tt h e a s s e m b l v
d o w nf l a t .
I
I
I
I
t
T FACEPLMETURNING
I
I TW()CENTERING
JIGS
I M a k i n ga n du s i n ga f a c e p l a t e - c e n t ejri ign g
T o c e n t e ry o u rl a t h e ' sf a c e p l a t o
en a c i r -
I c u l a rb l a n k u , s et h e j i g s h o w na t r i g h t .
F aranlafe-
T u r na p i e c eo f w o o di n t oa c y l i n d et rh e
I s a m ed i a m e t ear s t h e f a c e p l a t e t' sh r e a d -
centerin4jiq

e d h o l e t, a p e r i n tgh e e n ds l r g h t l y( Y
. ou
I m a yw i s ht o f o r ma h a n d l ea t t h e t o p o f
t h e 1 i g . )D r i v ea n a i l i n t ot h e c e n t e ro f
T t h e t a p e r e de n d ,c u t o f f t h e n a i l h e a d .
a n dg r i n da s h a r pp o i n t T . o u s et h e 1 i g ,
I m a r kt h e c e n t e or f t h e b l a n kw i t ha n a w l
a n d s e tt h e f a c e p l a t o en t h e w o r k p i e c e
I w i t ht h e m a r ki n t h e m i d d l eo f t h e t h r e a d -
e d h o l e .l n s e r t h e j r g i n t h e h o l e( r r g h t ) ,
I and
"feel"
f o r t h e m a r kw r t ht h e n a i lt r p .
Holding t h e 1 i gi n p l a c es, c r e wt h e f a c e -
I p l a t et o t h e b l a n k .

I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I M a k i n ga n du s i n ga c e n t e r - f i n d ji ingg
t T h e1 i gs h o w na b o v ew i l l e n a b l ey o ut o c e n t e a
r r r e g u l a rsl h
y a p e db l a n k C
r f a c e p l a toen a n
. u tp i e c e so f l - i n c h c l e a ra c r y l i cp l a s -
crt a serieo
(above,
s f e n r r a l lsvn a r : e dc o n c e n t r irci n p si n t h e d i s k
/eff).Remove the plasticfromthe plywoodandsprayit
I t j c a n d Z - i n c hp l y w o o idn t o1 2 - i n c h - d i a m edt ei sr k s L
paperbackingon bothsidesof the plastic,attachthe twotogeth-
. e a v i ntgh e w i t h b l a c kp a i n t .O n c et h e p a i n th a sd r i e d .p e e lt h e b a c k i n g
n e n c r n f f h n i h s , i d p cn, f t h p n l : s t i r ^ T n r r s p tL h' ' p
v i i' bo! n n s i t i n n t h p
I

I e r w i t h d o u b l e - s i d et ad p ea n da c e n t r asl c r e w M . o u n t h e mt o
y o u rf a c e p l a tseot h e p l a s t i ci s f a c i n go u t .U s ea s k e wc h i s etl o
b l a n ks o a s m u c ho f i t a s p o s s i b l ies w i t h i no n eo f t h e r i n g sa n d
markthe centerwith an awl (above, risht)
I
I 87
I
 t
FACEPLATE
TURNING I
T
SCROLL (CONTRACTING
CHUCKS JAWS)
I
1
Attaching thechuckto a blank I
I Scrollchucksareattached to the base
o f a b o w lb l a n ka f t e rt h e o u t s i d eo f t h e I
blankhasbeenshaped(page98). Fora
c h u c kw i t h c o n t r a c t i nj g a w s ,y o uw i l l a l s o I
n e e dt o t u r n a d o v e t a i l etde n o no n t h e
b o t t o mo f t h e b l a n k (. F o l l o w themanufac- I
t u r e r ' si n s t r u c t i o nf osr t h e a p p r o p r i ast ei z e
o f t h et e n o n .A ) d j u stth ej a w so f t h ec h u c k I
so theywrllslrpoverthe tenon(/eff).Hand-
t i g h t e nt h e j a w sa r o u n dt h e t e n o nb y t u r n - I
i n gt h e s c r o lrl i n g ,t h e nr e m o v teh e b l a n k
f r o mt h e I a t h ea n d u n s c r e w t h ef a c e n l a t e I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r) Tightening the chuckjaws
t
L f h r e a dt h e c h u c ko n t ot h e h e a d s t o c k
o f y o u rl a t h e t, h e nf i n i s ht r g h t e n i nt gh e
I
c h u c kj a w sa r o u n dt h e t e n o nf o l l o w i ntgh e
m a n u f a c t u r eirn' ss t r u c t i o nFso. rt h e m o d e l
I
s h o w ny, o um u s tt i g h t e nt h e c h u c ks c r o l l
r i n gw h i l eh o l d i n gt h e c h u c kb o d ys t a t i o n -
I
a r y .l f y o u rl a t h eh a sa s p i n d l el o c k ,h o l d
thespindlesteadywith it andusethescroll
I
l e v e tr o t r g h t e nt h e s c r o l rl i n g .l f y o u r
machinh e a sn o s p i n d l el o c k ,u s et h e b o d y
I
h a n d l et o h o l dt h e c h u c kb o d ya s y o u
tightenthe scrollnng (right).
I
T
88 I
r
I
I FACEPLMETURNING
I
I SCR()LL (EXPANDING
CHUCKS JAWS)
t 'l
Fittingthechuckin the recess
I T o a t t a c ha s c r o l cl h u c kw i t h e x p a n d -
t i n gj a w st o a b o w lb l a n k ,y o u m u s tf i r s t
turn a dovetailed recessin the bottomof
I the bowlto surtthe laws(page101).
(Follow t h e m a n u f a c t u r e irn' ss t r u c t i o n s
I f o r t h e s i z eo f t h e r e c e s s .T) h e nf i t t h e
jaws into the recess(left) andturn the
I s c r o l rl i n gb y h a n dt o s e c u r e thechuck.
R e m o vteh e b l a n kf r o mt h e l a t h ea n d
t unscrew t h ef a c e p l a t e .

I
t Tightening
thechuck
S e t t h e b l a n kf a c ed o w no n a
I w o r k s u r f a c ea n dt i g h t e nt h e j a w si n

t t h e r e c e s sf o l l o w i n tgh e m a n u f a c t u r -
e r ' si n s t r u c t i o nFs o. rt h e m o d esl h o w n ,
i n s e rtth es c r o llle v e irn t h e s c r o l lr i n g
I a n dt h e b o d yh a n d l ei n t h ec h u c kb o d y
(below), andtightenthe ringand body
I a g a i n set a c ho t h e ru n t i lt h el a w sg r r p
the wallsof the recess tightly.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I B9
I
 I
FACEPLATETURNING I
I
T

I
A CONTRACTION CHUCK
Dovetailednm Thecontraction chuckshownat left I
c a nb ef a s h i o n ef rdo ma s m a lbl l o c k
Contractionchuck
o f w o o dT. h ed i m e n s i o innst h ei l l u s - I
L e n q t h3: ' / , " tration willenable thejig to secure the
Dtameter:3 ''/"' bottomof a large-sized gobletblank I
to the latheheadstock.
Tomakethejig,mounta blankon I
theheadstock andturnit to a cylinder.
Thenusea round-nose scraper to hol- I
lowouta recess about1%inchdeep
in thecenterof the cylinder (below, t
/efl),Follow thesameprocedure as
youwouldto hollow outa goblet(page I
120),leaving thewallsof thechuck
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r
I FACEPLATETURNING
I
I

I
aboul/, inchthick.Thenusea side-
I cuttingscraper to remove additional
woodjustbelowthetopedgeof the
T r i m ,c r e a t i nagd o v e t a i l el i dp a r o u n d
theinside edge. Thiswillmeshwitha
I d o v e t a i l teedn o ny o uw i l lt u r ni n t h e
bottomof yourworkpiece, helping to
I h o l di t i n t h ec h u c kM. a k es u r ey o u
braceeachscraoer onthetoolrestas
I youmakethesecuts.
Now,borefour%-inchholesaround
I thecircumference, spaced 90" apart
andlocatedIlo inchbelowthe rimof
I thechuck,flushwiththebottom of the
recess. Forthef irsthole,clampthe
t driveshaftwitha handscrew to pre-
ventthespindle fromrotating. Todrill
I theremaining holes, remove thehand-
s c r e wr,o t a t e t h ec h u c k9 0 " ,a n d
t clampthe driveshaftagain(facing

I page,bottomrght). Nowremove the

faceplate fromtheheadstock andsecure
I it in a vise.Usea handsaw to cutfour
kerfsfromtherim intotheholesthat
I youdrrlled(above). Thesecutswill
thejawsof yourchuck. Widen
r define
thekerfsto X inchusinga chisel, then
install a hoseclamoaround thechuck.
I To usethechuck,turna dovetailed
tenononyourworkpiece slightly small-
r e rt h a nt h ed i a m e t eorf t h er e c e s s
in thejig,mountthechuckandface-
t p l a t eo n t h e l a t h eh e a d s t o cakn, d
insert theworkpiece in thechuck(/eff).
I Tighten thehoseclampto secure the
stockin place.
I
t
t
I
I

I 9r
I
 I
FACEPLAIETURNING T
I
SCREW
CHUCKS
t
1
Preparing theblank I
I Thescrewchuckis easyto use,butit
is notstrong enough to holdlargeblanks I
orsecure endgrain.Refer to themanufac-
terer'sinstructions forlimitations onthe I
sizeof blanks youcanuse.Forthemodel
s h o w nb e l o wa, m a x i m u m
diameter-to- T
lengthratioof 3:1 is recommended. Addi-
tionalsupport canbeprovided for large I
blanks bysliding thetailstock against the
workasyouturnthebowl.Toprepare your I
blankforthescrew chuck.plane thecon-
tacting faceof theblanksothechuck's I
collarwillf it f lushagainst it. Borea pilot
holeintothecenter of theblankto accom- I
modate thechuckscrew(nghf)-inthis
case,a %-inch holeto a depthof 1 inch. I
I
Mounting theblank
I
Screw thechuckto theheadstock
spindle of thelathe, thenattach the
I
blankto thechuck(below). Screwon
t h eb l a n ku n t i li t s i t sf i r m l ya g a i n s t
I
thescrew collar.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
92 I
I
I
I FACEPLATETURNING
I
I JACOBS
CHUCK
I AlthoughtheJacobs chuck,like theone
shownin thephotoat left,is normally
I usedin thetailstockto holddrill bits
for hollowing,it is alsoidealfor secur-
I ing small-diameter blanksto thehead-
stock.Here,the chuckholdsa chess
I piecemadeof tulipwood.

I
I
I
I
THREE.WAY
SPLIT.RING
CHUCKS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Attaching thechuckto a blank
Thethree-way splitringchuckis idealforsecuring smallgoblet the blank,andinsertthesplitringsintothegroove, ensuring
I blanksandotherpieces whosegrainrunsthe lengthof the thattheslopingfacesof theringsfacetowardthecollar(above,
piece.Prepare yourblankfollowing themanufacturer's instruc- /eff).Assemble thechuckbyplacing thecenterbossagainstthe
T tions.Forthe modelshown, youneedto turnthe pieceto a threadedcollarwiththetaperedendfacingout,thenscrew the
diameter of 2%inches. Thenusea parting toolto cuta %-inch- chuckbodyto thethreaded collar(above,
right).Tightenthe
I square groove around thestock,% inchfromtheheadstock-end. unitusingthewrenches suppliedwiththechuck.Thiswilllock
T h eg r o o vw
e i l la c c o m m o d at ht e s p l i tr i n g so f t h ec h u c k . theblankin place.Finally,
screw theassemblyontothelathe's
I Remove theblankfromthelathe,slidethethreaded collarover headstock soindle.
I
I 93
I
 T
FACE,PLATE
TURNING t
I
PINCHUCKS I
'l Setting upthechuck
I Thepinchuckallows youto mounta
r
bowlblankonthelatheheadstock quickly I
atthecostof drilling a relatively large hole
in yourworkpiece. Thechuckconsists of I
twoparts:a shaftwitha flatwedge milled
outof it anda rollerpinthatfitsintothe I
wedge. Asshown in theillustration at left,
whenthepinis positioned in themiddle t
of thewedge it isf lushwiththecircumfer-
enceof theshaft. Thisenables youto slip I
y o u rb l a n ko v e trh ec h u c kT. h e nw , hen
yourotate theblankbyhand, thepinrolls I
o v etro o n es i d ea n dp r o t r u d es sl i g h t l y
above thetopof theshaft,wedging the I
blankto theheadstock. Tosetuothechuck.
simply thread it ontheheadstock, rotate I
it sothewedge isfacingupandplacethe
roller pinin themiddle of thewedge. I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r) Preparing andmounting theblank
L Prepare yourstockforthepinchuck I
following themanufacturer's instructions,
Forthemodel shown, borea 1-inch-diam- t
e t e rh o l ei n t ot h eb l a n kd e e pe n o u gsho
t h ef u l l l e n g t ho f t h e p i nc a np e n e t r a t e I
t h ep i e c eA. sy o uw i l lb e u s i n gt h ep i n
chuckto turntheoutside of thebowl,be I
sureto drilltheholeintothepartthatwill
b eh o l l o w eodu tl a t e rS. l i d et h eb l a n ko n I
thechuck(right),then turntheblankby
handagainst thedirection of headstock I
rotation untiltherollerpinlocks thework-
oiecein olace. I
I
94 I
I
t
I FACEPLATE
TURNING
I
I C()LLET
CHUCKS
I M o u n t i nagb o w lb l a n k
O n c ey o uh a v es h a p e dt h e o u t s i d e of your
I b l a n k a, c o l l e ct h u c kw i l le n a b l ey o ut o
attachthe bottomto the headstock of the
I l a t h ef o r h o l l o w i nogu t t h e i n s i d eT. h i s
c h u c ki s s i m i l a ri n o p e r a t i otno t h e c o n -
t tracting-jaw scrollchuckdescribed on page
8 8 . T o p r e p a rae b l a n kf o rt h e c h u c k t, u r n
t a d o v e t a i l et de n o no n t h e b o t t o m(.F o l l o w
t h e m a n u f a c t u r e ri 'nss t r u c t i o nf so r t h e
I a p p r o p r i a tsei z eo f t h e t e n o n . )F o rt h e
m o d e sl h o w nt,h e t e n o ns h o u l db e s l i g h t l y
I s m a l l eirn d i a m e t et rh a nt h ec h u c k ' cs o l -
l e t w h e ni t i s o p e n e d(.Y o um a yr e m o v e
I t h e t e n o no n c et h e i n s i d eo f t h e b o w li s
t u r n e d .N ) e x t ,i n s t a ltl h e c h u c ko n t h e
I h e a d s t o cskp i n d l ei,n s e rtth e t e n o ni n t h e
c o l l e t a n d l i p ' h t e tnh e t h r e a d e cdo l l a r -
I f i r s t b y h a n d ,t h e n u s i n gt h e w r e n c h e s
s u p p l i ew d r t ht h e c h u c k .
I
I
I C()LTAR
CHUCKS
I
I
I Mounting theworkpiece
T h ec o l l a rc h u c ka l l o w sy o u t o s e c u r e
T g o b l e t sa n d o t h e rl o n gb l a n k so n t h e
l a t h e ' hs e a d s t o cwki t h o u u t s i n gt h e t a i l '
I s t o c k .P r e p a r yeo u rs t o c ka n d a s s e m b l e
t h e c h u c kf o l l o w i ntgh e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s
I i n s t r u c t i o n sF.o rt h e m o d e ls h o w ns, t a r t
by mountingit between centers, thenturn
I it intoa cylinder witha diameter of 2rl inch-
e s ,w i t ha / - i n c h - l o nsgl o p i n fgl a n g eo. r
I c o l l a r a, t t h e h e a d s t o cekn do f t h e w o r k -
p i e c eT . h ed i a m e t eor f t h e f l a n g es h o u l d
I b e a t l e a s t2 % i n c h e sO . n c et h e b l a n ki s
r e a d yr,e m o v iet f r o mt h e l a t h ea n ds l i d e
I t h et h r e a d ecdo l l a o r n t oi t , m a k i n gc e r t a i n
that the slopingfaceof the flangefacesthe
I c o l l a r( l e f t ) F
. i n a l l yt,i g h t e nt h e c o l l a o
rn
t h e c h u c kb o d yu s i n gt h ew r e n c h epsr o v i d -
I e d w i t ht h e c h u c k .

t
t 95
I
 I
I
BOWLTURNING
I
hereis no singlewayto turn a you start to turn a bowl. In this case, I
f
-|- bowl.Asyougainexperience face- setthe latheto its lowestspeeduntil
plateturning,youwill develop a tech- you haveroundedtheblanlito a disk. I
niquethatworksbestfor youandthe A gougecutsmostsmoothlywhenthe
sortofworkyoudo.Thissection of the cuttingedgeis slightlyoveron its side I
chaptertracesthreebowl-turningpro- sothat the fluteis facingthe direction
jectsfromstartto finish,includingtwo ofthe cut. T
conventional bowlsanda natural-top Scrapingtoolsarealsousedexten-
bowl (page111)madefrom green sivelyin bowl turning.Forroughingout I
wood.Thetechniaues shownin these waste,theblademustlie flat on thetool
pages will helpyouobtainexperience rest(page101). I
thatwill providea startingpoint for The directionof cut is alsocritical.
furtherexoerimentation. Because the grain of faceplatework t
Thebowlgougeis theworkhorse of runs at a right angleto the latheaxis,
bowlturning.Asshownbelowandon your cuttingwill run againstthe grain I
page97,youmustalways try to keepthe A bowlgougehollowsout themouth aswell aswith it. As much aspossible
gouge's bevelrubbinglightlyon the of a bowl.Thehoodworn by the when turning the outsideof a bowl, I
blankasit cuts.Thiswill providesup- turneris hookedup bya hoseto a cutsshouldrun from smalldiameterto
portforthecuttingedgeandcontrolthe small,belt-mounted pumpandfiIter large,or from the bottom of the bowl I
depthofcut. thatprovidea steadystreamof to the top. Insidework shouldbe per-
Depending on the shapeof your freshair. Theclearplasticshieldpro- formedmovingthe tool in the other I
blank,thismaybe difficultto do as videsprotectionfrom flying debrk. direction,from the rim to thebottom.
I
ANDT(l(lI P(ISITION
BODY
G()RRECT I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
yourstance
Maintaining andgripping
thetool
t
Standcloseto thelathe,withyourfeeta comfortable
distance midway onthehandle makesit easyto movethecuttingedge.
apart.Graspthetoolin bothhands:Holdthemiddleof thehan- Toolmovements aregenerated
byshiftingyourbodyin a controlled I
dlewithyourrighthand;withyourlefthand, gripthebladenear manner.Simply movingyourarmsandhands willtendto make
thetip andpressit downfirmlyonthetoolrest.Holding
thetool thetoolswingin anarcandreduceyourcontroloverthecut.
I
I
96 I
I
I
I FACEPLATETURNING
I
t Incorrect cutting technique
Touching a bowlgouge to a spinning blank
I without thebevelrubbing (left)is danger-
Cornerof cutttnq ousforyouanddamaging foryourwork-
I ed7e will di4 in if it p i e c eW . i t ht h ec u t t i n ge d g ei n t h i s
contacta blank position, thecutisvirtually impossible to
t control. Youruntheriskof digging the
cuttingedgeintothepiece. Thiscanpro-
I d u c eu n s i g h t nl yo t c h eisn y o u rs t o c k
andcause youto losecontrol of thetool.
I Another mistake is pushing thecutting
edgeagainst thewoodbefore thetoolcon-
I . h i sw i l l i n v a r i a b l y
t a c t st h et o o lr e s t T
slamthebladeagainst thetoolrestwitha
I forcethatcoulddamage thework,thetool
t roqt nr thp sor rsp

I
I
I
t
I
I
I Kubbin4bevel
provtdeecut-
I tinq edqe with
a pivot point
I and eupporb,
and controle
depth of cut
I
I
t
t
I Correct cutting technique
Brace the bladeonthetoolrestbefore it contacts thewood. Then,withthehan-
I d l eh e l dl o w ,
a d v a n ct e h et o o l t o w a r t
d h es p i n n i nbg l a n k
u n t i tl h eh e eol f t h e
bevelis rubbing against the wood (above, left).fo begin cutting, gradually lift
I i n
t h eh a n d l eb, r i n g i ntgh ec u t t i n ge d g e c o n t a c t w i t ht h es t o c ka n dt h e b e vel
f lushagainst thewood (above, right).Keepin mindthatthetool will travel in
I thedirection thatthef luteis oointed.
I
I 97
I
 I
FACEPLATE
TURNING I
I
R() U N D IANBGL AN K I
Usinga bowlgouge I
M o u n t h e b l a n ko n t h e l a t h eh e a d s t o c k
a n dp o s i t i o n t h e t o o lr e s tZ i n c hf r o mt h e I
s t o c k .R o t a t et h e b l a n kb y h a n dt o e n s u r e
t h a t i t d o e sn o tc o n t a ctth e r e s t ,t h e nt u r n I
o nt h el a t h eB . r a c i n tgh eg o u g eo n t h et o o l
r e s ta t o n ee d g eo f t h e p i e c e a . d v a n cteh e I
b l a d eu n t i lt h e h e e lo f t h e b e v ecl o n t a c t s
t h es t o c kT. h e np i v o tu p t h e h a n d l eu n t i l t
t h e c u t t i n ge d g eb e g i n s l i c i n gi n t ot h e
w o o d R o l ll h e p o r r s e s o t h a t t h e f l u t ei s I
{ a c i n pt h e d i r e r : t i nnnt t h e c u t - i n t h i s
c a s e ,t o w a r dt h e h e a d s t o c k - e nodf t h e I
l a t h e a n d m o v et h e t o o la l o n gt h e b l a n k
to removea thin layerof wood(right). I
C o n t i n ui e n t h i sm a n n eur n t i l t h ed i a m e -
t e r o f t h e b l a n ki s s l r g h t lgyr e a t etrh a nt h e I
f i n i s h e db o w ld i a m e t e 0 r .n c et h e s h a p e
i s s a t i s f a c t oar yn dt h e b o w li s t h e p r o p e r I
d i a m e t e rf,l a t t e nt h e f a c e ( p a g e1 0 3 )
b e f o r es h a p i n g theoutside. t
I
I
THE()UTSIDE
SHAPING ()FTHEBOWL r
1t Roundins
-
thecorner
oftheblank t
I P o s i t i o tnh et o o lr e s t 1 i n c hf r o mt h e
c o r n e or f t h e b l a n ka n da n g l e da t r o u g h l y I
4 5 " t o t h eb o t t o mA. d l u stth e h e r g hot f t h e
r e s ts o i t i s l e v e lw i t h t h e c e n t e ro f t h e r
b l a n kS . e tt h e g o u g eo n t h e r i g h t - h a n d
s i d eo f t h e t o o lr e s tw i t ht h e f l u t ep o i n t - I
i n g i n t h e d r r e c t i oonf t h e c u t . S t a r t r n g
o n t h e b o t t o mo f t h e b o w la b o u t1 i n c h I
f r o mt h ec o r n eor f t h e b l a n ka, d v a n cteh e
t o o lu n t i lt h e b e v e rl u b so n t h e s t o c k . I
P i v otth et o o lh a n d l eu p u n t i l t h ee d g ei s
c u t t i n gt,h e nm o v et h e t o o lt o t h e l e f tt o I
chamferthe corner(left).ConItnue, cutting
f r o mt h e c e n t e ro u t w a r dt o t h e e d g e st o I
r o u n dt h e c o r n eor f t h e b l a n k M . o v et h e
t o o lr e s tp e r i o d i c a tl loyk e e pi t a s c l o s ea s I
nnsqihlo tn thp hlanlr

I
t
I
I
I
I
I FACEPLATETURNING
I
I r) Rounding theoutsideof the blank
Z. Continue w o r k i n sf r o m t h e c e n t e r
I towardthe rim of the blank(fromsmallerto
larged r i a m e t e rt)o s h a p et h e o u t s i d eo f
I the bowlto the desireddiameter andcurve.
R e p o s i t i o tnh e t o o l r e s ta s n e c e s s a rtyo
I followthe curveof the bowl.Alwaysbrace
the gougeon the tool rest,makingcertain
t t h a t t h e f l u t e f a c e st h e d i r e c t i o nof the
cut-from t h e b o t t o m t o t h e t o p o f the
I b o w l .A s s h o w na t r i g h t y
, o u w i l l n e e dt o
p i v o t h e h a n d l ea n dr o l lt h e b l a d et o k e e p
I t h e b e v erl u b b i n so n t h e s t o c k .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Final
shaping
I R e ifn et h e s h a p eo f t h e b o w lw i t ht h e
b o w lg o u g ea, d d r n gd e s i g ne l e m e n ts u c h
I as concavecurvesor decorative grooves at
t h i st i m e .K e e pt h e f l u t e p o i n t i n g
i n t h e
I directioo n f t h e c u t a n dt h e b e v e rl u b b i n g
on the wood(/eff).Remember to account
I f o rt h e m e t h o d y o uw i l l u s et o c h u c kt h e
b o t t o mo f t h e b o w lt o t h e h e a d s t o ctko
I h o l l o wo u tt h e i n s i d el.f y o uw i l l b e t u r n -
i n g a d o v e t a i l erde c e s sf o r a n e x p a n d i n g
I j a w c h u c k( p a g e1 0 1 ) ,a s o n t h e b l a n k
s h o w n l, e a v et h e b o t t o mf l a t a n d l a r g e
I pnnrrohfnr ihe rpr-eqs

I
I 99
I
 I
FACEPLATE
TURNING t
t
FLATTENING
THEBOTTOM I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
1t Flattenine
thebase
-
I O n c ey o uh a v es h a p e d t h e o u t s i d eo f t h e b o w l ,i t i s t i m e t h e t o o lr e s tp a r a l l et lo t h e b a s e T
. i l tt h eg o u g e ' h
s a n d l ed o w n t
t o r e v e r s teh e b l a n kb y a t t a c h i n gt h e b a s et o t h e l a t h eh e a d - a littleand cut fromthe outsidetowardthe center(above,lefil,
s t o c ks o y o uc a n h o l l o wo u t t h e v e s s e l .f y o uw i l l b e u s i n ga r e m o v i nwg o o di n t h i n l a y e r su n t i lt h e b a s ei s f l a t . l f y o ua r e I
g l u eb l o c k ,f i r s tf l a t t e nt h e b a s ew i t h a b o w lg o u g eo r s q u a r e - u s i n ga s c r a p e ar ,n g l et h e h a n d l eu p s l i g h t lsyot h e b u r ro n t h e
e n ds c r a p e rl .f y o uw i l l b e u s i n ga c h u c k ,y o uc a n p r e p a r teh e cuttingedgeis shavingwoodfromthe base(above,rrght). I
b a s eo f t h e b o w lf o r t t ( p a g e1 0 1 ) . I of l a t t e nt h e b a s e p, o s i t i o n
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

!
C h e c k i nfgo rf l a t n e s s t
f- Perndicallyusea strarghtedge, such
a s a r u l e ,t o c h e c kw h e t h etrh e b o t t o mi s I
f l a t .H o l dt h e r u l eo n e d g ea g a i n st h
t eb a s e
(rrght)and lookfor anygaps. I
I
I
t
I
I FACEPLMETURNING
I
I THEBASEF()RA CHUCK
PREPARING
I therecess
1T Cuttins
-
I l f y o uw i l lb e u s i n ga c h u c kt h a tc a l l s
I for a dovetailed recessin the base,as on
t h e b o w li l l u s t r a t eodn t h i s p a g e u , s ea
I s i d e - c u t t i nsgk e ws c r a p etro f o r mt h e
recess. Thecavityshouldbe sizedto ftt the
I l a w s t h ec h u c ky; o uc a nu s ed i v i d e rtso
o f
m a r kt h e r e q u i r e d i a m e t eor n t h e b a s e .
I T h e np o s i t i o tnh e t o o lr e s ts l i g h t l yb e l o w
the centerof the baseso thatthe scraper's
I e d g ew i l l l i e a t t h e c e n t e r l i n eH.o l dt h e
s c r a p ebr l a d ef l a t o n t h e r e s ta n d ,w i t h
I t h e h a n d l el i f t e du p s l i g h t l ya, d v a n cteh e
t o o lt o t h e l e f to f t h e c e n t e ru n t i lt h e b u r r
I c o n t a c ttsh e b l a n k C . u tt h e r e c e s s l o w l y
t o t h e d e p t hs p e c i f i e bd y t h e c h u c km a n -
I u f a c t u r e rT. h e ns l i d et h e s c r a p etro t h e
e d g eo f t h e c a v i t ya n d c u t t h e d o v e t a i l
I i n t h e w a l l o f t h e r e c e s s( r i g h t ) .K e e p
t h e b l a d ef l a t o n t h e t o o lr e s tt h r o u s h o u t
t theoperation.

r
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
r)
t L Wnen
Checking
you
therecess
havecompletedthe recess.

r a s s e m b tl e h e w so f t h e c h u c k u
j
e l a s t i cb a n dt o
a
h o l d
, s i n ga n
t h e mt o g e t h e ra, n d
fit the jaws in place to checkthefil (left).
I The j a w s g o
s h o u l d a l l t h e w a yi n w i t h
a s m a l l a m o u notf c l e a r a n c eD.e e p e o nr
I w i d e nt h e r e c e s si f n e c e s s a r v .

t
I 101
I
 I
FACEPLATE
TURNING I
t
THE()UTSIDE
FINISHING ()FTHEBOWL I
'l
Smoothing the surface I
I A l t h o u g ha g o u g el e a v e st h e o u t s i d e
o f t h e b o w lr e l a t i v e luyn i f o r mi,t m a ya l s o t
leavea fewripples.Dragging a scraper very
l i g h t l ya c r o stsh e s u r f a c we i l lc l e a nu p t h e I
surface.Thisoperation is knownas "shear
s c r a p i n g .P " osition t h e t o o l r e s tp a r a l l e l I
t o t h eo u t s i d e o f t h e b o w la n dt u r no n t h e
lathe.Holda freshlysharpened round-nosed I
s c r a p ew r i t ho n ec o r n e o r f t h e b l a d ec o n -
t a c t i n gt h e t o o l r e s t ,a s s h o w na t r i g h t . t
S t a r t i n ga t t h e b o t t o mo f t h e b o w l ,d r a g
t h ec u t t i n ge d g el i g h t l ya n ds m o o t h layl o n g t
t h e o u t s i d eo f t h e b o w l ,w o r k i n g f r o mt h e
b a s et o w a r d tsh e r i m .T h ec u t s h o u l dp r o - t
ducefine shavings. Repeat the cut as often
a s n e c e s s a ruyn t i ly o up r o d u c e t h ef i n i s h I
y o uw a n t .
I
t
t
r
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
r) Sanding thesurface
C - m e f i n a ls t e pb e f o r eh o l l o w i nogu t t h e i n s i d eo f a b o w li s Keepthe paperbelowthe middleof the bowl (above,left) and
I
sanding t h e o u t s i d eY
. o uc a n e i t h e rw o r kb y h a n do r u s ea r a n - movethe padfromthe baseto the rim of the bowlto coverthe
d o m - o r b ista n d e rl.n e i t h e rc a s e ,m o v et h e l a t h e ' st o o lr e s to u t . i t ht h e p o w e sr a n d e rw, o r kt h e s a m ew a y ,h o l d -
e n t i r es u r f a c eW
I
o f t h ew a y .l f y o ua r ew o r k i n gb y h a n d f, o l dt h e s a n d p a p et w r ice, i n gt h e s a n d i n gd i s k l i g h t l ya g a i n stth e s u r f a c e( a b o v er,i g h t ) .
t u r no n t h e l a t h ea, n dh o l dt h e p a p e lri g h t l a
y g a i n st ht eb l a n k . Startwith 1OO-grit paperand moveto progressively f inergrits.
I
I
t02 I
I
I
I HOLLOWINGOUT THE,BOWL
I
I ;r'--hnceyouhaveturnedtheoutsideof
\-.3 u bowl,it is time to hollowit out.
I Yourapproach hereiscriticaltotheulti-
mateappearance of the piece.Keepin
I mind that the shapeof a bowl'sinside
shouldcomplement theoutside. A bowl
I canhaveatiractiveoutsideand inside
forms,but if the surfaces do not har-
I monize.thefinishedpiecewill not look
right. As a novice6owl turner, you
I shouldaim for wallsof eventhickness.
For small-to medium-sized bowls,X-
I to X-inch-thickwallswork well.Asyou
gainerperience, do not hesitate to exper-
I imentwith lessconventional designs.
Themostimportantrulewhenhol-
I lowinsout is to cut towardthe axisof A crucinlstepbeforehollowirtgout tlrc insideof a bowl is toJlattert
the lalhe-that is, from largeto small theface of the nrouth. This will ensw'ethat tlredistartceLtetweerr
I diameter. Theadvantage of thisapproach the rint and the baseis wifornt oll arotutd the circturqfererrce.
isthatyourcutswill run with thegrain,
I gir,ingyoubettercontrolofthetooland
producinga cleanersurface. THEINSIDEOFTHEBOWL
TURNING
I Forjudgingdepth,manyturnersdrill
a deuthholeinto themouthof thebowi
I beforestarting (pnge,l05).Althoughit
is not absolutelynecessary, a depthhole
I will allowyouto workwithoutstopping
oftento measure your progress.
I Once you are ready to hollowout the
interior,chuckthe bowlbase to thehead-
I stockusing one of the methods described
in
earlier the chauter. Then flatten the
I faceof the mouth;as shown in thepho-
to above.To preventtherim from splin-
I tering,touchit lightlywith a bowlgouge
to round it overslightly.Now you are
I readyto roughout tl-reinside.Onceyou
haveremovedthebulk of thewasteand
I theinsideof thebowlhastheroughforrn
youwant,usea scraper to refinethesur-
I face.Theseorocedures areshownin the
followingpiges.
I Remember thaton largebowls,there
will be timesrvhenthe tool'spivot 1 Measuring thedepthof the bowl
I pointon thetoolrestwill be relaiively I B e f o r ye o ub e g l nh o l l o w i ntgh e b o w l m , e a s u rteh ed e p t ho f t h e b l a n kt o d e t e r m i n e
far from the cut. In suchcases, brace howfar youcancut intothe mouthbeforeyouwill reachthe chuckrecessor faceplate
I thecuttingtool firmly on the restand s c r e w sH. o l d i n ga r u l ed i r e c t l ya b o v et h e b l a n k ,m e a s u rfer o mt h e m o u t ht o t h e b a s e
work carefully. ( a b o v e )T. h e b o w ls h o w ni n t h e i l l u s t r a t i oins s e c u r e d
t o t h e l a t h eh e a d s t o cw k ith
I a c h u c k .S u b t r a ct th e d e p t ho f t h e r e c e sfso rt h e c h u c k( i n t h i s c a s e I, i n c h )a n d
l i c k n e sosf t h e b a s e( a b o u t, l i n c h )t o a r r i v ea t t h e d e p t ht o w h i c hy o u
t t h e e v e n t u at h
c a nc u t ( f o rt h e b o w ls h o w n2, Z i n c h e s ) .

T
I 103

t
 t
FACEPLMETURNING I
I
r
I
I
r
I
I
I
r ) H o l l o w i nogu tt h eb o w l I
I Position the toolrestso the gougetip will cut slightlyabove shallow a r c ,a ss h o w na b o v ep, u s h i ntgh ec u t t i n ge d g ea g a r n st ht e
t h e m r d d l eo f t h e b l a n kT . u r no n t h e l a t h ea n da l i g nt h e c u t t i n g s i d eo f t h e h o l eu n t i li t r e a c h etsh ec e n t e r(.T h eh a n d sh a v eb e e n t
e d g el u s tt o t h e l e f to f t h e c e n t e or f t h e b l a n kT. h e n w , i t ht h e removed fromthe illustration for clarity.)Supportthe bladeasyou
g o u g eo n r t ss i d ea n dt h e f l u t ef a c i n gt h e c e n t e or f t h e p i e c e , wouldto shapethe outside(page96).Turnthe insideof the bowl t
pushthe toolslowlyintothe blank.Forthe first '/oinch,the bevel t o m a t c ht h eo u t s i d eb, u t l e a v et h ew a l l sa l i t t l et h i c k etrh a n y o u
w i l l n o t b e r u b b i n ga g a i n stth e w o o d .O n c ei t b e g i n st o r u b , n e e dY . o uw i l l r e a c hy o u rf i n a lt h i c k n e sisn s t e p s3 t h r o u g5h. I
g u i d et h e c u t t i n ge d g et o t h e c e n t eor f t h e b l a n kC . o n t i n uteh e A sy o ua p p r o a cyho u rf i n a ld e p t h i,t m a yb e d i f f i c u ltto m a k eo n e
p r o c e s sf o, r m i n ga s h a l l o w
c a v i t yr nt h e m i d d l eo f t h e m o u t hA .s f l u i dc u t a l o n gt h e i n s i d ew a l lo f t h e b o w l .l f s o ,y o uc a n m a k ea I
the cavitybecomes larger,pivotthe handlefromsideto sidein a s e r i e so f s h o r t ecr u t sf r o mt h e r i m t o t h e c e n t e r .
I
I
I
F i n i s h i nt g
h ei n s i d e
A s t h e d e p t ho f b o w li n c r e a s e sy .o u I
needto anglethe toolrestsothat it remains
r o u g h l yp a r a l l etlo t h e s u r f a c ey o ua r ec u t - I
t i n g .O r ,y o uc a nt u r no f f t h e l a t h e r, e m o v e
t h e s t a n d a r tdo o lr e s t ,a n d i n s t a lal n S - I
shapedrest.Positionit so that partof the
"S"
i s i n s i d et h e b o w la n dr o u g h lfyo l l o w s I
i t s c u r v a t u r eT.u r no n t h e l a t h ea g a i n .
S t a r t i n ag t t h e r i m ,m a k ea l i g h tc u t t o t r i m I
t h ew a l l st o t h e d e s i r e tdh i c k n e s sW. i t ht h e
g o u g ep i v o t e d w e l lt o t h e r r g h t a, d v a n c e I
t h et o o li n t ot h ec u t a n ds w r n gt h e h a n d l e
in thc lpft kppnino ihp hpvpl rrrhhino :t I
a l lt i m e sT. h i st e c h n i q uwei l ly i e l da s m o o t h
c u r v eo n t h e i n s i d eo f t h e b o w l T . oobtain t
u n i f o r mw a l lt h i c k n e sfsr o mt h e r i m t o t h e
bottom,keepthe bevelalignedwiththeout- I
s i d ep r o f i l eo f t h e b o w lt h r o u g h o ut ht e c u t .
A d l u s t h e t o o lr e s tt o k e e pi t a s c l o s ea s t
p o s s i b lteo t h e i n s i d es u r f a c e of the bowl.
P e r i o d i c am l l ye a s u rwea l lt h i c k n e s(ss t e p4 . t
I
I
I
I
I FACEPLATETURNING
t
I
I
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Checking wallthickness
I At thestartof thehollowing out

I tii** ,ir u n Julil dii|j|llil JiilJ diilI diil, process,

thickness
youcancangauge
withyourhands.
thewall
Butasyou
approach yourfinalthickness,usecom-
I 1HO?Tt? bination calipersfora moreprecise
reading. Closeoneendof thecalipers
t Makinga depih hole
around thebowlnearthetopandbot-
OnewayIo makecerf,ainlhat you hollowa bowlt'o
tomandmeasure theopening at the
I otherendto determine thethickness
of thewall(above). Continuef inishing
I theinside (step3) untilthethickness
is uniform.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t 105

t
 I
FACEPLATE
TURNING I
I
I
BUILDITYOUR1ELF I I
T
DEPTH GAUGE o r t h r e et i m e sl o n g etrh a nt h e d i a m - e d g et o e d g et h r o u g ht h e m i d d l eo f
U s et h e s h o p - m a dgea u g es h o w n eterof the largestbowlyoucan turn thecrossbar anda secondholethrough t
b e l o wt o c h e c kt h e d e p t ho f y o u r o n y o u rl a t h e C . u ti t t o t h es h a p e f r o mt h e t o p .T h ew e d g eh o l es h o u l d
b o w la s y o uh o l l o wi t o u t .T h ej i g i s s h o w nf o r a c o n v e n i e ngtr i p . o v e r l atph e p i n h o l es l i g h t l sy o t h a t t
e a s yt o b u r l df r o ms c r a pw o o da n d T o i n s e rtth e m e a s u r i npgi n a n d t h ew e d g ew i l l h o l dt h e p i n i n p l a c e .
%-inch dowel.Makethe crossbar two w e d g ed o w e l sb, o r eo n e h o l ef r o m D r i l lb o t hh o l e sw i t h a % - i n c hb i t . I
C u ta l o n gd o w e fl o r t h e m e a s u r i n g
p i n a n d r o u n do v e ri t s b o w l - e nw d ith I
s a n d p a p et ro p r e v e ntth e t i p f r o m
s c r a t c h i ntgh e i n s i d eo f t h e b o w l . I
M a r kd e p t hi n t e r v a ol sn t h e p i n u s i n g
a r u l e ra n da p e n c i lN . e x tc, u t a s h o r t - I
e r d o w e fl o r t h e w e d g ea n dt a p e ri t s
bottomend. I
T o u s et h e j i g , i n s e rt h e m e a s u r -
i n g p i n i n t oi t s h o l ei n t h e c r o s s b a r , I
then insertthe wedgeto lockthe pin
a t t h e d e s i r e d e p t h .C h e c ky o u r t
p r o g r e sass y o uh o l l o wo u t t h e b o w l .
T h e i n s r d ei s a t t h e c o r r e cdt e p t h I
w h e nt h e m e a s u r i npgi n c o n t a c t s
t h e b o t t o mo f t h e b o w la n dt h e f l a t
e d g eo f t h e c r o s s b abr u t t sa g a i n s t
r
Meaeuringpin
therimof thebowl. I
t
I
f,
Smoothing
theinterior t
r,/ Usea round-nosedscraper
to shear
s c r a n et h e i n s i d en f t h e f s r , ybl e f o r es a n d - I
t n g ( s t e p6 ) . T o a v o i dd r g g r n gt h e b l a d e
i n t ot h e w o o d t, h e c u r v a t u roef t h e c u t t i n g I
edgemustbe tighterthanthe curveof the
b o w l ' si n t e r i o rA. d j u s tt h e S - s h a p e tdo o l I
r e s ts o i t r o u g h l yf o l l o w st h e i n s i d eo f
t h e b o w l .T h e n r, a i s i n tgh es c r a p ehra n - I
d l e s o t h e b u r ri s e v e nw i t ht h e c e n t e ro f
t h e b o w l ,p r e s st h e s c r a p el r g h t l ay g a i n s t I
t h e i n s i d eo f t h e b o w l W . i t ht h e b l a d ea t a
4 5 ' a n g l et o t h e a x i so f t h e b o w l d, r a gt h e I
bladegentlyoverthe entireinteriorsurface,
w o r k i n gf r o m t h e b o t t o mo f t h e b o w l I
t o t h e r i m u n t i ly o uo b t a i nt h e d e s i r e d
smoothness (rEht). I
I
t
I
I
T FACEPLMETURNING
I
I f S a n d i ntgh ei n s i d e0 f t h eb o w lb y h a n d
IA
\ . 1 F o l da p i e c eo f 1 O O - g rsi ta n d p a p e r
I a n d m o v et h e l a t h e ' st o o lr e s to u t o f t h e
w a y .T u r no n t h e l a t h ea, n dh o l dt h e p a p e r
I of the
l i g h t l ya g a i n stth e i n s i d es u r f a c e
h n w l K e e nt h e n a n e b r e l o wt h e m i d - l i n e
I of the bowl(right)andmovethe padfrom
t h e b o t t o mt o t h e r i mt o s m o o t ht h e e n t i r e
t surface. Continue the process with a series
o f f i n e r - g r rpt a p e r s .
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I 7t Power
sandins
theinside
ofthebowl
-
f Y o uc a na l s ou s ea n e l e c t r idc r i l lf r t
I lpd rruiih 2n 2..trqqnrv c,andino dic.k to

s m o o t ht h e i n s i d eo f t h e b o w l .W o r kt h e
I s a m ew a ya s y o uw o u l dw i t hs a n d p a p e r ,
h o l d i n tgh e s a n d i n dg i s kl i g h t l a
y gainst
t the surfacel/eff).

I
I
I
 I
FACEPLATE
TURNING I
I
Applying
a finish
I
W r t ht h e b o w ls t i l lo n t h e l a t h e s, a t u -
r a l ea r a go r s p o n g ew i t h t u n go i l ( v a r -
t
n i s ho r l a c q u em r a ya l s ob e u s e d )o, r a
f o o d - s a ffei n i s hi f t h e b o w lw i l l h o l df o o d ,
I
a n d r u nt h e m a c h i n ea t i t s s l o w e sst p e e d .
S t a r t i nwg i t ht h eo u t s i d e o f t h e b o w l ,h o l d
I
t h e r a g l r g h t l ya g a i n stth e s u r f a c e( / e l t ) ,
m o v i n gf r o mt h e b a s et o t h e r i m . U s ea
t
cleand , r y ,l i n t - f r e e
r a gt o w i p eo f f a n y
e x c e sfsi n i s h .T h e ns a t u r a t teh e r a ga g a i n
t
a n da p p l ya n o t h ecr o a tt o t h e i n s i d eo f t h e
b o w lO . n c et h ef i n i s hh a sd r i e d s, a n dt h e
I
bowlwith 400-gritpaperandwipeit clean.
A p p l ys e v e r aclo a t st h e s a m ew a y ,s a n d i n g
t
between a p p l i c a t i o nW s . i t h m o r ec o a t s ,
t h e b o w lw i l l b e t t e r e s i s ct r a c k i n ga n d
I
damage f r o mh e a ta n dw a t e r .
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
P o l i s h i nt gh ef i n i s h
O n c et h e f i n a lc o a ti s d r y .u s ep u m i c e
I
p o w d etro p o l i s hi t . S p r e a d a d a bo f p a s t e
waxon a rag,thenshakeon a smallamount I
o f t h e p o w d e rR . u nt h e l a t h ea t i t s s l o w -
est sneed and hold lhc ras:s:inc.i ihp
I
i n s i d ea n d o u t s i d e s u r f a c e sC.o n t i n u e
u n t i lt h e f i n i s hi s s i l k ys m o o t hR . epeat
I
t h e p r o c e sw s i t h r o t t e n s t o nw
e ,h i c hi s a
fine abrasive powder. t
I
I
I
I
I FACEPLATE,
TURNING
I
I TURNING
A BOWLWITHA GLUEBLOCK
I 1I I n i t i asl h a n i n g
I l f y o ua r eu s i n ga g l u eb l o c ka n da
I faceplate to turn a bowl,ratherthana face-
p l a t ea n da c h u c k ,y o uc a ns h a p eb o t ht h e
I o u t s i d ea n d i n s i d ew r t ha s i n g l es e t u p .
A t t a c ha f a c e p l a taen dg l u eb l o c kt o y o u r
I blank(pageB5),thenmountthe faceplate
1 ot h e l a t h eA n s l et h el o o lr e s ts o t h a ti t
I i s r o u g h l py a r a l l et ol t h e f i n a ls h a p eo f
b o w l ' so u t s i d eS. t a r t u r n i n gt h e b o w lb y
I r o u n d i n gi t s b o t t o me d g ew i t h a g o u g e
( r i p h )f B r a c et h e p o r r p eo n t h e t o o l r e s t
\ t t b i t . / .

T w i t h t h e f l u t ep o i n t i n gi n t h e d i r e c t i o n
n f t h p r ^ r r i .k o p n t h p h p r i o lr r r h h i n s : i : l l
t timesC . o n t i n uteh ec u t t o t u r nt h eo u t s i d e
o f t h e b o w lr o u g h ltyo s h a p eC . u tw i t ht h e
I s r a i n - f r o mt h e t - r a st e
o t h e r i m a sm u c h
aspossible.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
r ) F i n i s h i nt h g eb o w l ' so u t s i dseh a p e
I L O n c et h e o u t s i d es h a p eo f t h e b o w l

t i s s a t i s f a c t o ruy s, et h e g o u g et o m a k ea
s e r i e so f f i n e .l i g h tc u t s( / e l f ) p
, r o d u c i nag

t s m o o t hs u r f a c eT.h e nh o l l o wo u tt h e i n s i d e
a s y o u w o u l du s i n ga c h u c k( p a g e1 0 3 ) .

t S a n da n df i n i s ht h e b o w lf o l l o w i ntgh e
p r o c e d u r essh o w no n p a g e1 0 7 .

I
I 109
I
 I
FACEPLATE
TURNING I
I
Parting
offthebowl
I
B r a c i n ga p a r t i n gt o o lo n t h e t o o l
r e s t ,a d v a n c iet u n t i lt h e b e v e il s r u b -
I
hino nn ihc olrrp hlnnk thon

cuttingedgedownto startthe cut. Rotate

nirint tho
I
t h e t o o lb a c ka n d f o r t h s l r g h t l ys o t h e
b l a d ew i l l n o t b i n d( / e f t )C
. o n t i n uuen t i l I
o n l ya s m a l bl r i d g eo f w o o dc o n n e c ttsh e
b o w lt o t h e g l u eb l o c kT. h e nt u r no f f t h e
t
latheandusea handsaw to cut the bridge
a n dr e m o v teh e b o w l .
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Cleaning
upthebottom
I
T h ef i n a ls t e oi n t h e D r o c e si sn v o l v e s
t u r n i n gt h e b a s eo f t h e b o w lt o f o l l o wt h e
t
c o n t o uor f t h e i n s i d em , a k i n gi t s l i g h t l y
c o n c a v eY. o uw i l l a l s ou s ea b o w lg o u g e
I
t o r e m o v ea n yt r a c e so f t h e g l u el o i n ta n d
partingcut madein step3. Attachthe bowl
I
t o t h e l a t h ew i t h a c h u c k ,a s s h o w na t
rrght.The modelshownfeaturesfour large
I
a d l u s t a b ljea w sc o n n e c t etdo a c o m m e r -
c i a ls c r o l cl h u c k .R u b b e pr o s t sa r ei n s e r t -
I
e d i n t h e h o l e si n t h e j a w st o s e c u r et h e
b o w ls n u g l y T . h e p o s t sm u s t b e l o c a t e d
t
i n t h e s a m eh o l ei n e a c ho f t h e j a w s e g -
m e n t st o e n s u r ee v e np r e s s u ries a p p l i e d
I
t o t h e b o w lr i m .S e tu p t h ec h u c kf o l l o w i n g
t h e m a n u f a c t u r e ri n' ss t r u c t i o nm
s ,o u n ti t
I
o n t h e h e a d s t o cskp i n d l eo f t h e l a t h et,h e n
h o l dt h e b o w li n t h e r u b b e p r o s t sa n dt i g h t -
I
e n t h e c h u c k ,D o n o to v e r t i g h t e an s, t h i s
coulddamage the rim. Position the toolrest
I
t o c u t t h e b a s eo f t h e b o w l ,t h e nm a k ea
I r g h tc u t a c r o s st h e b a s ew i t h t h e b e v e l
I
r u b b i n ga n dt h e f l u t ef a c i n gt h e d i r e c t i o n
of the cut (right).
I
t
110 I
I
I
I NATURAL.TOPBOWLS
I
I I s the estheticemphasis in wood fi.rllythepieceisdried,it will warp,per-
A turninghasshiftedoverthelast30 hapssubstantially. Youshouldtryto turn
I yearsfromtheutilitarianto thedecora- thelog into a bowlwithin an hour of
tive,turnershavebegunto explore new cutting,beforethe piecedriesand
I designs.Natural-top bowls,whichfol- becomes distorted.
An advantage ofthis
lowtheoutsidecurveof alogattherim, process is thatbarkadheres betterto
I areanexample of thisexperimentation greenwood.In addition,thepiecemay
andtherecenteffortsofturnersto high- warpintoauniqueandattractive shape.
t lightthenaturalcharacteristics
ofwood. If youwantto minimizewarping,dry
Thebarkcanbeleftontherim, asin the yourstockbefore turningit.Withdense
t example shownat right,or removed. woods,it isbestto turnthewoodintoa
Thestepsneededto turn sucha piece roughbowlblankwhenit isstillgreento
I areshownin thefollowingpages. ensure thatthepiecedriesevenlyandto
Natural-topbowlsoftenaregivenrel- help preventit from cracking.This
I ativelysimpleshapes, emphasizing the methodisshownstartingbelow. Theraw quality of a natural-topbowl
r grainpatternandshapeofa particular
log.Ash,apple,cherry,oak,andmaple
A microwave
ingprocess:
ovencanspeed
Usingthe"defrost"
thedry-
setting,
beliesthefact that it is oftencarefully
crafted.In theexampleshownin
areall goodchoices for rawmaterials, putthepiecethroughseveral briefcycles thephotoaboye,woodturnerBetty
t butyoudonotneedto limit yourself to of heatingandcoolinguntil it is dry.If Scarpinohasleft the bark on the rim
justthesefewtypesofwood.Experiment youair-drythestock,put it in a plastic asa yisualreminderof the bowl in
t with whatis availableandyou maybe bagor coatit with waxto preventtoo- its originalform-a freshlog.
pleasantlysurprisedby theresults. rapiddrying,whichwill cause thewood
I Thedryingprocess cancausesome to crack.Ifyou usea bag,turn it inside
problems withyourworkpieces. If your out periodically to preventmoldfrom
I woodis green,or wet,thebowlwill be forming.It cantakeseveral weelsfor a
easyto turn,but regardlessofhowcare- rough-hewn blankto airdry.
I
I MAKING
A NATURAL.TOP
BOWL
t 1 Planning theprocess
I Onceyouhaveselected a logfor your
t bowl,sawit intoblocksandexamine the
endgrain.Choose the halfof oneof the
I piecesthatwillyieldthe mostattractive
bowl.Usea pieceof chalkor a lumber
I crayon to outlinethe bowlontheendof
the log,locating the baseat the pith
I andtherimat thebark.Thendrawa line
acrossthecenterat the baseof the bowl
t outline.Sawthelogin halfalongthisline.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I lll

I
 I
FACEPLATE
TURNING r
I
r) Preparing the blank
I
L C u ty o u rh a l f - l o tgo l e n g t hm , a k i n gi t
a b o u t2 i n c h e sl o n g e trh a nt h e d e s i r e d
I
d i a m e t eor f t h e b o w l .T h e np r e p a r teh e
b l a n kf o r t h e l a t h eb y c u t t i n gi t i n t oa c i r -
t
c l e o n t h e b a n ds a w .S e tt h e b l a n kb a r k -
s i d eu p o n t h e s a wt a b l ea n d a d j u s t h e
I
u p p e rg u i d ea s s e m b l% y i n c ha b o v et h e
b l a n k ' sh i g h e spt o i n t S . i n c et h e b l a n k
I
d o e sn o t h a v et o b e a p e r f e c ct i r c l e ,y o u
c a n m a k et h i sc u t f r e e h a n da,s s h o w na t
I
l e f t . M a k es u r ey o uf e e dt h e b l o c kw i t h
b o t hh a n d s k, e e p i n g t h e mc l e a ro f t h e
I
b l a d ea t a l l t i m e s .A n o t h eor p t i o ni s t o c u t
a c a r d b o a rtde m p l a t ei n t ot h e c i r c l ey o u
t
w a n ta n d n a i lt h e t e m p l a t et o t h e t o p o f
t h e b l a n k .T h e s a wb l a d ew i l l t h e n b e
I
g u i d e db y t h e e d g eo f t h e c a r d b o a rads
y o u m a k et h e c u t .
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
Truingtheblank
I
Mounttheblankonthelatheheadstock usinga faceplate
anda glueblock(page85). Usecyanoacrylate gluewithgreen
P o s i t i o tnh e t o o l r e s tb e s i d et h e b l a n k ,t u r n o n t h e l a t h ea t i t s
s l o w e sst p e e d a , n d u s ea b o w lg o u g et o t u r n t h e s t o c ki n t o a
t
wood.Install
a livecenterin thetailstock
andslideit against s m o o t hc, y l i n d r i c abl l a n k( a b o v e )L. a yt h e b l a d eo n t h e s p i n -
thepieceto provideadditionalsupportasyouturnthebowl. n i n gb l a n kt o t e s t i t s s m o o t h n e s( sp a g e5 4 ) .
I
I
tt2 I
I
I
t FACEPLATETURNING
I
I Rough-shaping
theoutside
ofthebowlblank
I U s et h e b o w lg o u g et o c u t t h e b o w l ' so u t -
s i d et o s h a p e W . o r k i n gf r o mt h e b a s et o
I t h e r i m , o r f r o ms m a l lt o l a r g ed i a m e t e r ,
w i l lh e l pe n s u r a e c l e a nc u t .R o l tl h ef l u t e
I i n t h e d i r e c t i o no f t h e c u t a n d m o v et h e
gougealongthe tool resl(right).Continue
I u n t i l y o u a r es a t i sife dw i t h t h e s h a p eo f
theblanka , d v a n c i ntgh e t o o lr e s tp e r i o d i -
I c a l l yt o k e e pi t c l o s et o t h e b l a n k .B e f o r e
refiningthe bowl'soutsideshape,youneed
I t o h o l l o wo u t t h e i n s i d e( s f e p5 ) a n d l e t
t h e b l a n kd r y .
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I Hollowing the blank
fi
r - , / H o l l o wo u t t h e b l a n kw i t h a b o w l
I g o u g ew, o r k i n gb e s i d et h et a i l s t o c tko c u t
a s d e e p l ya s y o uc a n .W i t ht h e c u t t r n g
I e d g ej u s t t o t h e l e f t o f t h e l i v ec e n t e ri n
t h e t a i l s t o c kc,u t i n c r e a s i n gdl e
y e p ear r c s
I t o h o l l o wo u t t h e b o w l .K e e ot h e b l a d e
b r a c e do n t h e t o o lr e s t ,t h e b e v erl u b b i n g
I o n t h e s t o c ka n dt h e f l u t ep o i n t i n gi n t h e
directionof the cut (/eff,). Continueuntil
I t h e w a l l so f t h e b o w la r ea b o u t1 %i n c h e s

r t h i c k ;w a l l so f e v e nt h i c k n e s w
m o r eu n i f o r m ltyh a nu n e v e n
s illdry
w a l l sA
. cone
of woodwill be left betweenthe bottomof
I the bowland the tailstock(lnsef);this will
a l l o wt h et a i l s t o c tko c o n t i n u teo s u o o o r t
I t h e b l a n k .L e a v et h e b a r ko n t h e r i m o f

t t h e b o w l .l f a p i e c eb r e a k so f f, y o uc a n
g l u ei t b a c ko n l a t e rO . n c et h e b l a n kh a s
t h e s h a p ey o uw a n t ,p a r tt h e p i e c ef r o m
I the glue block (page110).

I
I 113
I
 I
FACEPLAIETURNING t
I
Removing
thecone
I
P l a c et h e b l a n ko n a w o r ks u r f a c eand
t a p t h e c o n el i g h t l yw i t ha m a l l e t o b r e a k
I
r t f r o m t h e b o t t o mo f t h e b o w l .B e f o r e
c o n t i n u i ntgo s h a p et h e b o w l ,y o u n e e d
I
tn lpt ii d rv Aq dpc,.rihpd nn n.aso I I I
- ' J " "

y o uc a n s h o r t e n
t h e d r y i n gt i m e u s i n ga
I
, r l e tt h e b l a n ka i r d r y .
m i c r o w a voev e n o
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Flattening thebase
I T h ed r y i n gp r o c e swsi l l l i k e l yc a u s et h e
I
b l a n kt o w a r p .T h e r e s u l ti s o f t e no v a li n
s h a p eY. o uw i l l n e e dt o p l a n et h e b a s ef l a t
I
rt to a glue
andsmoothbeforere-mounting
b l o c kt o f i n i s ht u r n i n gt h e b o w l .0 n c et h e
I
b o w lh a sd r i e ds u f f i c i e n t lcyh, e c kt h e b a s e
f o r s m o o t h n e sasn df l a t n e s sl .f i t i s r o u g h
I
o r w a r p e dc, l a m pi t t o a w o r ks u r f a c e and
u s ea h a n dp l a n et o c o r r e ctth e p r o b l e m .
I
I
n4 t
I
I
I FACEPLATE
TURNING
I
I Smoothing
thebowl
M o u n tt h e b l a n kt o t h e h e a d s t o c k
I u s i n ga f a c e p l a taen dg l u eb l o c k .U s ea
b o w lg o u g et o s h a p et h e b o w l ' se x t e r i o r .
I TA^-
t iltr|
,,-^
u5u
^^A
d >Lludttr-uIu
^^"^^^"
>LIdput
+^ ^h^^"
LU )iludr-

s c r a n et h e o r t s i d es r r r f a coef t h e b l a n k .
I P o s i t i otnh e t o o lr e s ta l o n gt h e s i d eo f t h e
b o w l .W i t ht h e c o r n e or f t h e s c r a p ebr e a r -
I i n g l i g h t l yo n t h e r e s t ,d r a gt h e b u r rg e n t l y
a l o n gt h e b l a n k w , orking f r o mt h e b a s et o
I the rim (right).Conltnueuntil the outside
I o f t h e b o w li s s m o o t hN . e x tw , orking from
t h e b l a n k ' si n t e n o r u, s ea b o w lg o u g et o
r e d u c et h e t h i c k n e sosf t h e w a l l sI o / ' t o %
I i n c h .T h e ns m o o t ht h e i n s i d eo f t h e b o w l
w i t h a r o u n d - n o ssec r a p e r( p a g e1 0 6 ) .
I R p r ^ : r p f r r ld r r r i n o t h i s c t : o p n n t t n s l i . p
t h e b a r kf r o mt h e r i m o f t h e b o w l .l f a
I n i e c ec n m e sn f f r e a i t a c hr t w r t ht h r n
c y a n o a c r y l agt e
lue.
I
I
t
T
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I S a n d i n g t hbeo w l
Q
T J O n c ey o ua r es a t i si fe dw i t ht h e s h a p e
of the bowl,sandthe surfaceto the desired
s m o o t h n e sasn d a p p l ya f t n t s h( p a g e
I 1 0 8 ) . F i n a l l y ,p a r t t h e b o w lf r o m t h e
g l u eb l o c k( p a g e1I 0 ) a n dp l a n eo r s a n d
I t h e b o t t o ms m o o t h .
I
I I l5
I
 I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t

'*'1t'

d,.#. I
..'.."

*ffi

l;
B'!n
. h l
"
&,*,,,,
I
I
I
I
I
t TIIRNNGPROIECTS
I
I
t
I andbowls vessels, you needto
Q Rindles
rJ areonly two ot a turn into end grain,
I seemingly limitlessva- whichoresents itsown
rietyofobjectsyoucan challenges. End-grain
I tum.Goblets, smallpots turningis muchlike
usedto displaydried spindleturningwith-
I weedsor flowers(also outthetailstock. Fruit-
knownasweedpots), Developed by SeaxlewoodturnerBonnieKein, theKein Design woodslikeoersimmon
I andboxesarepopular Miniature Latheshownaboveis usedfor producingsmall-scale andappleareexcellent
turningprojects. They turnings.Usedby amateurandprofessional turnersalike,thelathe for thistypeof work,
I canbe madefrom a is drivenby a %-horsepower motor.A samplingof Kein's colorful but any densehard-
varietyof solidwoods, boxesand spinningtopsaredisplayedin theforeground. woodwithfine,straight
I laminations-andeven grainissuitable. Green
nutsandseedpods.Theseandotherprojects aredescribed woodalsoturnseasily, but it will warpwhenit dries.Tocir-
T in thischapter. cumvent thisproblem, roughoutthepieceandthenwaituntil
Overtheyears, woodturnershavedevised dozens ofways it driesbeforeturningit to itsfinalshape. Thereisno needto
T to expandtheirrepertoire. Someof thesetechniques involve spendmuchmoneyon thewoodneeded for mostof thepro-
howtheblankis prepared or mountedon thelathe,rather jectsshownin thischapter. Eachcanbemadefromsmallbits
I thantheturningprocess itself.In off-center turning,forexam- of leftover stockwhich mightotherwise bediscarded.
ple,standard turningskillsareused;but because thepieceis Designs andsizesfor thesepieces varywidely.Goblets can
T mountedoffcenter, thefinishedproductlooksdifferentfrom beturnedto a simplecupshape. Butasyougainexperience,
a standard spindle.Turninga ca6riole legwith thistechnique youmaywishto try turninga tulip or trumpetflowerform,
I isshownstartingonpage118;steps are bothpopularprofiles.
for turninga tabletop Because thesepieces oftenhavefragile
detailedonpage134. wallsandstems, complete eachsection asyougo.Oncea gob-
I Usingveneer or contrasting woodinsertsprovides anoth- let is hollowed out,for example, sandandfinishtheinside
erwayof enhancing aturnedpiece.Popularized bywoodturn- whilethereis surrounding woodto supportthebowl.If you
I er DaleNish,thistechnique canbeusedto makelaminated waituntilthewholepieceisturned,yourun theriskof break-
bowls(page136)or plates(page138). ingthestemor cracking thebowl.
I Thetechniques for turninggoblets(pagel2?),lidded box- exoticnutswill offerabit of varietyto yourturning.
Lastly,
es(page124),andweedpors (page129)arcnotverydifferent Techniques for turningtaguanutsandbanksia seedpodsare
I fromthoseusedto turnbowls.Butin orderto hollowoutsuch shownstarting onpage132.

I
I
I
Thelid of thecherrywoodboxshownat Ieftis test-
I frttedwhiletheworkpiece is still mountedon the
lathe.Thelid is decorated
with an ebonyfinial.

I tt7
I
 I
T
OFF-CENTER
TURNING
I
TURNING
A CABRI()LE
LEG
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
By nxttrrttitrgn legblor* on tlte lnthe
I
o.fJ-ccrrter,
wood ttrrrtcrscon creote
trrrrtittgsstrclras tlta cnltrittleIeg
T
sltowrrnltovetrradc.frottt zcbrawood.
-
the"off"center
1t Markine I
I M o u n yt o u rl e gb l a n kb e t w e etnr u ec e n t e ros n t h e l a t h et,h e nu s ea s k e wc h i s etl o
m a k ea s h o u l d ecru t o n t h e p i e c e( p a g e6 J ) . d e f i n i n g t h se q u a r es e c t i o na t t h et o p o f
t h e l e g .N e x t t, u r nt h e s e c t i o nb e l o wt h e s h o u l d et ro a c y l i n d ewr r t ha r o u g h i nggo u g e
I
(page53), Then,removethe workpiece
m i d w a yb e t w e e n
fromthe latheand marka pointon the bottom
t h e t r u e c e n t e ro f t h e b l a n ka n d t h e e d g e( a b o v e )T. h i so f f - c e n t e r
I
p o i n tw i l l e n a b l ey o ut o r e m o u ntth e l e go n t h e l a t h es o y o uc a n p r o d u c ei t s c h a r -
a c t e r i s t iccu r v e U
. s ea n a w lt o m a k ea s m a l li n d e n t a t i oonn t h e p e n c i m l ark.
I
I
l1B I
I
I
I TURNING PROJECTS
T
I
I
I
I
T
T
T
t
I
I
I
r) Turning the leg
I Z . M o u n t h e t o p o f t h e l e go n c e n t e ra n dt h e b o t t o mo n t h e
o f f - c e n t emr a r k .P o s i t i o tnh e t o o l r e s tc l o s et o t h e b l a n k ,b u t
I n o tt o u c h i n gi t , t h e nt u r no n t h e l a t h e T . h et o po f t h e b l a n kw i l l
s p i nt r u e ,w h i l et h e b o t t o mw i l l r o t a t ee c c e n t r i c a l lEyx. a m i n e
I t h e b l a n ka s i t s p i n s .N o t et h e s o l i dc o r eo f s t o c ka l o n gt h e
c e n t e frr o mt h e s h o u l d et ra p e r i n d g o w nt o t h e f o o t ,s u r r o u n d e d
I b y a l i g h t e sr h a d o w - t h eo f f - c e n t esrt o c k .S h a p et h e c a b r i o l e
l e g b y u s i n ga s p i n d l eg o u g et o r e m o v et h e o f f - c e n t esr t o c k
I d o w nt o t h e t o p o f t h e f o o t . F i r s tc, u t a g r a d u asl l o p ef r o mt h e
s h o u l d et o r t h e a n k l eo f t h e l e g ,t h e ns h a p ea c u r v e ds l o p e
I f r o m t h e t o p o f t h e f o o t t o t h e a n k l e( a b o v e )M. a k ea l l y o u r
c u t sd o w n h i l w l , i t ht h e f l u t eo f t h e g o u g ef a c i n gt h ed i r e c t i oonf
I t h ec u t .B r a c et h et o o lf i r m l yo n t h e t o o lr e s t ,p a r t i c u l a rwl yh e n
t h eb e v eils n o tr u b b i n og n t h es t o c kT. u r no f f t h e l a t h ep e r i o d i -
I c a l l ya n dc h e c ky o u rp r o g r e s W s . h e ny o ua r es a t i s f i ew d i t ht h e
s h a p eo f t h e l e g ,m a k ea n yd e c o r a t i vceu t s ,s u c ha s t u r n i n ga
I beadusinga skewchisel(page64).
I
T
T Turningthefoot
L o o s e tnh e t a i l s t o cak n d r e o o s i t i ot n
h e l i v ec e n t e o
r nthe
I t r u ec e n t e ro f t h e b o t t o mo f t h e l e g .T u r nt h e f o o tt o t h e s h a p e
y o uw a n tu s i n ga s p i n d l eg o u g ea n da s k e wc h i s e l C . a b r i o l lee g s
t y p r c a l l fye a t u r ea r o u n dp a do n t h e b o t t o mo f t h e f o o t .A d j u s t
T t h e t o o l r e s tf o r t h e c u t a n d m a k ea V - c u tw i t h a s k e wt o s e p a -
t r a t et h e p a df r o mt h e f o o t .T h e ns h a p et h e p a da n df o o t ,c u t t i n g
d o w n h i lal n d k e e p i n tgh e b e v e rl u b b t n g( l e f t ) .
I
I 119
I
 I

GOBLETS r
t
Gobletsare usuallydecorativepieces
I
turned to various shapesand sizes.
They can be made surprisingly small,
I
as shown in thephoto at left.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
TURNING
A GOBTET
I
1 Hollowing thebowlsection
I Cuta blankforthegoblet, mountit between centers, I
andprepare it fora glueblockor a chuck.In thiscase,a
three-way splitringchuckis used.Secure theblankin the I
c h u c ka n dm o u ntth ec h u c ko nt h el a t h eU. s ea s p i n d l e
gougeto turntheoutside of thegobletto its maximum T
diameter, keeping thebevelrubbing andtheflutefacingthe
direction of thecut.Then,position thetoolrestalong thefront I
of theblanksoyoucanusethetip of a smallbowlgouge to
cutin thecenter of theworkpiece following the insideof I
the goblet'sbowlsection. Tobeginthisprocess, usea drill
bit to borea depthholein thecenterof thebowl(page105). I
Then,usea bowlgougeor a round-nosed scraper to remove
waste andthinthewalls.Withthegouge, pointthebevelin I
thecuttingdirection andcut in alongthesidesof thehole
to thecenterof thebowl,keeping thebevelrubbing andthe I
flutepointingin thedirection of the cut(right). Because the
gouge willbecuttingacross thegrain,thecutmayleave a I
slightly roughsurface, depending onthetypeof woodyou
areusingandtheshape of thebowl.When thebowlis hol- I
lowed out,makea finishing cutfromthecenter outusing a
round-nose side-cuttingscraper (page125).Continue until T
youaresatisfied withtheshapeof theinterior.
I
I
120 T
I
I
I TURNING PROTECTS
I
I r) Sanding the insideof the bowl
I L O n c ev o u h a v eh o l l o w e dt h e i n t e r i o r
o f t h e g o b l e t s, m o o t ht h e s u r f a c ew i t h
I progressive f ilnye rg r i t so f s a n d p a p eS
the latheto its lowestspeed,fold the sheet
r .e t

I i n t h r e ep l i e s ,a n d h o l dt h e p a p e ra g a i n s t
t h e i n s i d eo f t h e b l a n k A . p p l yl r g h tp r e s -
t sureuntil the surfaceis smooth(rrghf).

I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
T n<. Shanins
theoutside
ofthebowl
r - , 1 O n c ey o uh a v ef i n i s h e d
I sanding
i n s i d eo f t h eg o b l e tu, s ea s p i n d l e
the
gouge to
I shapetheoutside. Starting at thetopof the
b o w lc, u td o w n h i l l ttoh es t e mt o s h a p et h e
I outsideof the bowlto the desireddiameter
a n dc u r v e/ / e f f ) R. e m e m b et hr a tt h e o u t -
I s i d es u r f a c eo f t h e b o w ls h o u l dc o m p l e -
m e n tt h e i n s i d eA. i m f o r w a l l st h a ta r e
u n i f o r m llye s st h a n%i n c ht h i c k .C u tg e n -
I t l y , r e m o v i nags m a l la m o u not f s t o c kw i t h
t e a c hp a s st o a v o i dc u t t i n gt h r o u g ht h e
wallsC . h e c kt h e t h i c k n e sps e r i o d i c a l l y
I with yourfingers(insef),Thiswill helpyou
"feel"
t o d e v e l oa p t h a t i s e s p e c i a l vl ya l u -
I a b l ef o r m e a s u r i nsgm a l lp i e c e sw, h e n
working w i t hc a l i p e r iss d i f f i c u l tC
. ontinue
r w o r k i ntgh eo u t s i d e u n t i lt h e b o w a l ssumes
t h e d e s i r e sd h a o et.h e ns a n di t s s u r f a c e .
I
I t2l
I
 t
TURNING PROJECTS t
I
Rough-turning
thestem
I
S t a r t i n ga b o u t1 i n c hf r o mt h e h e a d -
s t o c ke n do f t h e b o w l ,b e g i nt u r n i n gt h e
I
s t e mo f t h e g o b l et o t h e d e s i r e d i a m e t e r
u
"-sin p o r r p eP o i n t h e f l u t e
I
o s-a s n i n d l e

t o w a r dt h e b o w la n d k e e pt h e b e v e lr u b -
b i n gw h i l ey o um a k ea s l o p i n g cutdown-
T
w a r dt o t h e b o t t o mo f t h e b o w l ( / e f f ) .
C o n t i n uien t h i sm a n n e ur n t i ly o uh a v e
I
c u t a p o r t i o no f t h e s t e mt o f i n i s h e d r a m -
e t e r .T h e n ,s l i c eo f f a b i t m o r ew o o da t
I
the startof the cut and repeatthe process
o n t h e n e x tp o r t i o no f t h e s t e m .C o n t i n u e
t
u n t i lt h e f u l l l e n g t ho f t h es t e mi s r o u g h -
t u r n e dt o t h e d e s i r e d i a m e t e r .
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
f, Completing thestem
I
r - , 1W h e ny o uh a v et u r n e dt h e f u l l l e n g t h
o f t h e s t e m ,t u r n t h e b a s e ,a d d i n ga n y
d e c o r a t i vceu t s ,s u c ha s b e a d sF. o rs t a b i l -
I
i t y ,t h e b a s es h o u l db e a t l e a s te q u a li n
d i a m e t et ro t h e b o w l .N e x t ,m a k ef i n i s h -
I
i n gc u t so n t h e s t e m .S i n c et h r sp o r t i o ni s
v e r yt h i n , s u p p o rtth e g o b l e td u r i n gt h e
I
c u t st o p r e v e ni t f r o mb r e a k i n gB. r a c i n g
the heelof yourhandagainstthe tool rest,
I
h o l dt h e b o w lo f t h e g o b l e tl i g h t l yi n y o u r
f i n g e r sG . r r p p i ntgh e g o u g eh a n d l ei n y o u r
T
o t h e rh a n d ,l a yt h e b l a d eo n t h e t o o lr e s t
a n da d v a n c iet c a r e f u l luy n t i lt h e b e v e il s
I
rubbing a n dt h e c u t t i n ge d g ei s s l i c i n g
i n t ot h e s t o c k .S t a r t i n gat the basep , oint
I
t h e f l u t e r n t h e d i r e c t i o no f t h e c u t , a n d
makea lrghtpassalongthe stem(right),
I
a l w a y cs u t t i n gw i t ht h e g r a i n .R e p e alti g h t
c u t sa s n e c e s s atroy f i n i s ht h e s t e m .
I
I
122 I
I
I
T TURNING PROTECTS
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Sanding
thestemandbase
M o v et h et o o lr e s to u t o f w a ya n df o l da p i e c eo f s a n d p a p ei nr t oa p a d .T h e n s, u p -
t portingthe b o w lw i t ho n eh a n d s, m o o t h t h e s t e mu s i n gp r o g r e s s i v e l y f i n e r go rf ipt sa p e r
Oncethe stemis sanded,smooththe base,andapplya finish(page108).
(above).
I -7
Paftingoff the gobletand
I / undercutting the base
O n c et h eg o b l e its f i n i s h e dp, a r ti t o f f j u s t
I beneaththe base.Supportthe gobletwith
o n e h a n da s y o uc u t t h r o u g ht h e s t o c k
T holdingthe partingtool in the other(left).
C u t u n t i lt h e r ei s o n l ya s m a l lb r i d g eo f
I woodholdingthe gobletto the wastewood.
T h e n t, u r no f f t h e l a t h ea n du s ea h a n d s a w
I t o c u t t h e g o b l e ft r e e .T o e n s u r et h e b a s e
s i t sf l a tw h e nt h e g o b l e it s s e td o w n ,s a n d
I the bottomby rubbingit acrossa pieceof
s a n d p a p et ar p e dt o a w o r ks u r f a c e .
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I lzJ

I
 I
t
LIDDEDBOXES
I
Like goblets,lidded boxescan be
I
ntade in ntany shapesand sizes,
and with a variety of decorations.
I
The cherrywood box shownon the
I
far right is adornedwith an ebony
finial that isjoined to the lid with o I
sntall rotmd tenon.The box on the
near right was turnedfroru walnut.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
MAKING
A LIDDED
BOX I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
1 Preparing theblank
I Mounta blanklonger thanthedesired height of thelidded
boxbetween centers andturnit to a cylinder. Thepiecewillbe
2 %i n c h e sa t e a c he n d .T h e s ef l a n g e sw i l l f i t t h e c o l l a rc h u c k .
N e x t ,u s ea p e n c itl o m a r ka l i n ed i v i d i n g t h e
I
b l a n ki n t oi t s b o x
splitintoblanks
c a nb et u r n e d
fortheboxandlid,asshown above,
i n d i v i d u a l lf y .o uw i l lb eu s i n a
sothey
g c o l l acr h u c k
a n dl i d s e g m e n t T
Iool (above).
s .h e nc u t t h e b l a n ko n t h e l i n ew i t ha p a r t i n g
Cut until onlya smallbridgeof woodconnectsthe
t
( s t e p2 ) t o r e m o u nt ht eb o xa n dl i d b l a n ktso t h el a t h et,u r n
t h eb l a n kt o a d i a m e t e o rf 2 %i n c h e sw,i t ha f l a n g oe f a t l e a s t
t w o h a l v e st ,h e nt u r n o f f t h e l a t h e s, a wt h r o u g ht h e b r i d g ea, n d
r e m o v teh e t w o b l a n k sf r o mt h e m a c h r n e .
I
I
I
I
I
I TURNING PROTE,CTS
I
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I r) Hollowing outthelid
L tJsea chuckorslueblockto mount
I
Jjllltlti l|1ltH*i tlliliidrUiltli itilii t h e l i d t o t h eh e a d i t o cokf t h e l a t h e
(nape 95).Inthiscasea collar chuckis
I \Fvbv z v/.

b e i n gu s e d H . o l l o wo u tt h e l i d o f t h eg o b -
I 1HO?Tt? l e t u s i n ga b o w lg o u g ea, r i n gt o o l ,o r a
round-nosed side-cutting scraper.Forthe
A heat-freeeandingpad
position the toolrestcloseto the
I Hand-eandinq on Ihe lalhecan scraper,
t o p o f t h e b l a n ka n d h i g he n o u g hs o t h e
qeneralea lol of heat,whichcan
I belransmitied Io your finqero, t o o lw i l l c u t i n t ot h e c e n t e o
r f t h es t o c k .
A l i g nt h e s c r a p ewr i t ht h e c e n t e o r f the
eoVeciallywhenoandinry Lhe
I inetdeof boxeeor qoblele. b l a n k r, a i s et h e h a n d l es l i g h t l ya, n d h o l d
Toineulateyourhande the bladeflaton thetoolrest.Slowlypush
from the heaL,fold
I youreandVaper '-': thetoolintothe blank;cut fromthe center
o f t h e b l a n kt o w a r dt h e r i m ( a b o v e ) .
arounda wad L o w etrh e h a n d l es l i g h t l ya s y o up u l lt h e
I of sLeelwool. c.' t o o lo u to f t h e l i d .C o n t i n uceu t t i n gu n t i l
I t h e i n s i d eo f t h e l j d h a st h ed e s i r esdh a p e
a n ds m o o t h n e sFso. ra s n u gf i t w i t ht h e
il ,.

I \ t6
l.A'
b o x ,m a k es u r et h e w a l l sa t t h e r i m a r e
s t r a i g h tT. h e ns a n dt h e i n t e r i o r( p a g e
121) andf inishit (page108I
I
I
I
I r2s
I
 I
TURNING PROTECTS I
I
n<' Turnins
theoutside
ofthelid
I
r - J T u r nt h e o u t s i d eo f t h e l i d u s i n ga
spindle g o u g eP. o s i t i otnh et o o lr e s ta l o n g -
T
s i d et h e w n r k n i e c e t h e nt u r no n t h e l a t h e
a n da d v a n cteh e t o o ls o t h a t i t c u t si n t o
I
t h e s t o c k .W i t ht h e b e v e rl u b b i n ga n d
t h e f l u t ef a c i n gt h e h e a d s t o c ck u
, tfrom
I
l:roo in qm:lldi:mptor ln qh:np ihp

I r d .T h eo u t s i d e s h o u l dc o m p l e m e nt ht e
I
i n s i d es; t r i v ef o r w a l l so f e v e nt h i c k n e s s .
O n c et h eo u t s i d ei s t u r n e dm , a k ea n yd e c -
I
o r a t i vre^ r t so n l h e l o n o f t h e l i d . T h e
e x a m p l es h o w na t l e f t i s d e c o r a t ew d ith
I
a bead(page67) cut with a skewchisel.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Turning
a tenon
onthelid
I
s h a p ei s t u r n e du, s e
0 n c e i t so u t s i d e
a n a r t i n pt o o lt o c u t a s m a l lr o u n dt e n o n
I
o n t h e t o p o f t h e l i d l r 6 l h t ) .T h et e n o n
w i l l b e u s e dt o a t t a c ha f i n i a lt o t h e l i d ;
I
s i z et h e t e n o nt o m a t c ht h e d r i l l b r ty o u
w i l lu s et o b o r et h e m o r t i s ien t h ef i n i a l .
I
O n c et h et e n o ni s f i n i s h e ds,a n dt h e l i d ,
u s i n gp r o g r e s s i v ef ilnye rg r i t so f p a p e r ,
I
a n da p p l ya f i n i s h( p a g el 0 B ) . J s ea
handsaw t o c u t t h e p i e c eo f f t h e l a t h e .
I
I
t26 I
I
I
I TURNING PROIECTS
!
I Fittingthe lid onthe box
F
r - / C u ta b l a n kf o rt h ef i n i a l ,u s i n ga w o o d
I t h a t c o n t r a s tws i t h t h e s p e c i e u s s e df o r
t h e l i d .B o r ea h o l ei n t h e f i n i a lb l a n kt o
I f i t t h e t e n o no n t h e l i d ,t h e nj o i nt h e t w o
p i e c e sw i t h c y a n o a c r y l agt leu e .N e x t .
t m o u n t h e b o xi n a c o l l a cr h u c k .U s i n g
a p a r t i n gt o o l ,c a r e f u l l tyu r n a r a b b e t
I a r o u n dt h e r i m t o a c c o m m o d atthee l i d .

t T h e r a b b e ct h e e km u s tb e s t r a i g hat n d
p e r p e n d i c u lt ao rt h e r a b b est h o u l d et ro
f i t t h e I i d p r o p e r l yT. e s t - f itth e l i d f r e -
I quently(right)as youturn the rabbetuntil
t h ef i t r ss n u g .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Turning
thefinial
T a p et h e l i d s e c u r e ltyo t h e b o xt o
I t u r n t h e f i n i a l .P o s i t i o tnh e t o o lr e s t
a l o n g s i dt he e l i d a n df i n i a l S. upporting
I t h ef i n i a l i g h t l w y i t ho n eh a n d s, e tt h e
b l a d eo n t h e t o o l r e s ta n d a d v a n c ei t
I u n t i l i t c u t s i n t ot h e s t o c k .S h a p et h e
f i n i a la s d e s i r e dc,u t t i n gd o w n h i w ll ith
I t h e b e v e rl u b b i n gt h r o u g h o ut h t ecut
( / e f f )S. a n da n df i n i s ht h et i p o f t h e l i d ,
I t h e nr e m o v ei t f r o mt h e b o x .
I
I
I
 t
TURNING PROIECTS I
I
I
I Hollowing outthebox
/ Hollow outtheboxwitha bowlgouge,
following thesametechnique usedwhen
I
shaping a goblet(page120).Borea depth
h o l ei n t ot h ec e n t eor f t h es t o c kt,h e n
I
enlarge thehole,cutting fromtheriminto
thecenterof thebox(/eft).Whentheinside
r
is hollowed out,makea finishing cutfrom
thecenterto therimwitha scraper to
I
create thesmoothest possible surface.
Sandandfinishthe inside(page108).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Turning
theoutside
ofthebox
t
S h a o et h e o u t s i d eo f t h e b o xw i t h a
spindlegougeanda skewchisel, leaving
I
therabbetshoulder thesamethickness as
thelid.Makeallyourcutswiththebevel
I
rubbing.Finally,
shape thebaseof thebox
-in thiscase,cuttingtwobeads witha
T
skewchiseltight). Sandandfinish(page
108)andpartoff the box(page123I
I
I
r28 I
I
I
I DRIEDFLOWERVASE
I
MAKING
A DRIED
FLOWER
VASE

Dried flower vttses,sontetinrcscslled

weedpots, certbe turnedfronr off-uns
I and scrapsthat would nornnlly hecon-
sigrcd to Jrrewood.And, so lortgns they
I are usedto hold dried or artiJicialJlow-
'l
Roughing theoutside
I M o u n t h e b l a n kb e t w e ecne n t e r os n y o u rl a t h eT
t ersor grasses, rrofinislt or sealeris rrceded
irrside.Tlrc exilttplessltowrrirr thepho-
. h eb l a n ks h o w na b o v ei s f r o ma
p a r t l yd r y h i c k o r yb r a n c ht h a t h a sa s m a l lk n o tn e a rt h e b o t t o mT . h i s i n v o l v etsw o
to altoveillustrntesompledesigns.The d e s i g nc o n s i d e r a t r o nFsi r. s t ,t h e b a r kw i l l b e l e f to n t h e b a s eo f t h e f i n i s h e dp i e c e .
I vesselon tlrc left wasfashionetlfron a S e c o n dt ,h ew o o dm a yw a r po r c r a c ka s i t d r i e s M . o u n t h e b l a n kb e t w e ecne n t e r a snd
lickory ltranch.Tlrc bork wasleJiort ttt t u r n t h e s t r a i g hpt o r t i o no f t h e p i e c et o f i t a c h u c k i n t h i s c a s e ,a t h r e e - w asyp l i t
I tlrc baseto inrpart a rrtsticJTavor.Steps r i n gc h u c k( p a g e9 3 ) , l e a v i ntgh e b a r ko n a t t h e b a s e .H o l da r o u g h i ng o u g eo n t h e
lbr ttntrirtg tltis vasearepreserrted at t o o lr e s ta n dm o v ei t a l o n gt h e b l a n kt o m a k et h e c u t ( a b o v e k) ,e e p i n g t h e b e v e rl u b -
I right arrd on the.fbllowirtg poges. b i n gt h r o u g h o ut ht e o p e r a t i o n . W h e n the t o p o f t h e b l a n k t u r n e dt o s h a p em
i s , o u n ti t
on the chuckand hollow out the piece. A vase for dried flowers does not need to have
I a c l e a ni n s i d es u r f a c es, o s i m p l yi n s t a l al J a c o b sc h u c ki n t h et a i l s t o cakn df i t i t w i t h

r a w o o db i t .S e tt h e l a t h et o i t s s l o w e sstp e e dt,u r no n t h e m a c h i n ea, n da d v a n c teh e

t a i l s t o c kt o b o r et h e h o l e ,T h i so p e r a t i o ins s h o w no n p a g e1 3 2 . O n c et h e i n s r d ei s
h o l l o w e od u t ,s h a p et h e m o u t hw i t h a b o w lg o u g e( p a g e1 3 1 ) , t h e nf i n i s ht u r n i n g
I and decorate the outside(step2).

I
t r29
I
 I
TURNING PROTECTS I
I
r) Finishturning I
L t l s e a s p i n d l eg o u g et o s m o o t ht h e
t r a n s i t i o nb e t w e e nt h e b a s ea n d n e c ko f
T
t h e v e s s e lc,u t t i n gd o w n h i lul n t i la s m o o t h
c u r v ej o i n st h et w os e c t i o nosf t h e p i e c e .
I
Next,decorate the outsideof the vaseas
d e s i r e dF. o rt h i s m o d e lu, s ea s k e wc h i s e l t
to makea V-cutbelowthe moulh (left).
P i v o t h e b l a d ei n t ot h e s t o c k r, a i s i n g
the
I
h a n d l eu n t i l t h ec u t i s t h er e q u i r edde p t h .
T h e nr o t a t et h e b l a d et o e i t h e rs i d et o c u t
I
awaybothsidesof the grooveto forma V.
N o wu s ea s p i n d l eg o u g et o t u r n a c o v e
I
j o i n i n gt h e V - c u t o t h e m o u t h C . hamfer
therimof the mouth(page131),thenmake
I
a s m o o t h i ncgu t w i t ht h e s p i n d l eg o u g e
d o w nt h e l e n g t ho f t h e p o t , k e e p i n gt h e
I
b e v e rl u b b i n ga n dt h ef l u t ep o i n t e di n t h e
d i r e c t i o on f t h e c u t .
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Sanding
Onceyou haveshapedthe vase,move
I
t h e t o o l r e s to u t o f t h e w a ya n d s t a r tt o
s m o o t ht h e p i e c ew i t h 2 2 0 - g r i st a n d p a -
I
p e r .U s ep r o g r e s s i v e f ilnye rg r i t su n t i ly o u
a t t a i nt h e f i n i s hy o uw a n t .R e d u c e the
I
l a t h et o i t s s l o w e sst p e e d f, o l d t h e p a p e r
twicea , n d h o l di t a g a i n stth e s p i n n i n g
I
b l a n k .F o rt h e b e s tp o s s i b lceo n t r o lh, o l d
t h e p a p e rb e l o wt h e c e n t e ra x i so f t h e
I
l a t h e .W h e ny o u a r ef i n i s h e ds a n d i n g ,
applya finish (page 108), ft desrred.Part
I
t h e p i e c eo f f t h e c h u c ka n dc l e a nu p t h e
h n t t n m lt Pnvab vo p ' 1! v 2r ' ? ) I
I
130 I
I
I
I TURNING PROTE,CTS
I
I ANALTERNATIVE
DRIED
FLOWER
VASE
I 1
Inserting woodpegs
I Pegscut froma contrasting woodprovide an easywayto
I a d da d e s i g nd e t a i tl o a t u r n i n g0. n c ec u t ,t h e ya r ei n s e r t e d
i n h o l e sd r i l l e di n t h e v e s s eal n dt h e nt u r n e df l u s hw h e nt h e
I v a s ei s r e m o u n t eodn t h e l a t h ef o r f i n i s ht u r n i n g B . e g r nb y
m o u n t i nag b l a n kb e t w e ecne n t e rasn dt u r n i n gi t t o a c y l i n d e r .
I Thenusea partingtoolto prepare the piecefor mountingon
t h e l a t h e i n t h i s c a s e ,a t h r e e - w asyp l i t r i n g c h u c k( p a g e
I 93)-turning a groovefor the ringsat the headstock endof
t h e p i e c eO . n c et h e g r o o v ei s c u t , s w i t c ht o a s p i n d l eg o u g e
I t o r o u g h - t u rtnh e p o tt o t h e d e s i r e ds h a p e N , o wt u r no f f t h e
latheand markthe locationof the woodpegs.Thesemaybe
I r a n d o m lpyl a c e do r p u t i n a p a t t e r nU. s ea p l u gc u t t e ro n a
d r i l lp r e s st o c u t t h e p e g sT. h e nb o r eh o l e si n y o u rw o r k p i e c e
I f o rt h e p e g s U . s ea V - b l o ctko h o l dt h e p o tf o rt h e c u t s .F i n a l -
ly, spreadsomegluein the holesand insertthe pegsfrght).
I Allowthe glueto curebeforef inishlurningthe pieceGtep2).

I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
r) Finish{urning
thevase
I a ^ ,
4- Chuckthe potto the headstock of the
l a t h eu s i n gt h et h r e e - w asyp l i tr i n gc h u c k .
I R e d r r cteh e l , a t h e s n e p dt o i t s l o w e sst e t -
t i n ga n du s ea J a c o bcsh u c ka n ds p a d eb i t
I to hollowout the work (page132). Now,
f i n i s h - t u rtnh e p i e c ew i t ha s p i n d l geo u g e ,
I b r i n g i ntgh ep e g sf l u s hw i t ht h eo u t s i d ea n d
m a k i n gl i g h ts m o o t h i ncgu t sa l o n gt h e
I o u t s i d eu n t i ly o u a r es a t i s f i e w d i t ht h e
f r n r s hF. r n a l l ya,d l u s t h e t o o l r e s tt o t h e
I frnnt nf thp nipnp :nd nh:mfor thp odop

o f t h e m o u t hu s i n ga b o w lg o u g e( / e f f ) .
I S a n da n df i n i s ht h e p i e c ea s d e s i r e dt h, e n
t partit off the fromthe chuckandcleanup
t h o h n t t n m l\ Ynvab vo a 114 v2' '? l

I
I 131
I
 I
NUTSAND SEEDPODS I
I
As their craft has evolvedin the last 30
I
years,wood tLtrnershavesoughtout
ntaterialsother thart woodfor projects.
I
Banksisseedpodsartd tngua rtuts,shown
in thephoto at left,arepopularfor their
I
uniqueappearance. Theseedpodsofthe
Australian banksiatree (certter)cart
I
grow 8 incheslongand 3 inchesin diant-
eter.Their perforatedxn'fnce makesthent
I
popular with turnersseekinga novel
ffict. Taguanuts are krtowtt as vegetnble
I
ivory becauseof their pure white color
(near left). They nre the seedsof a South
T
Americanpnln4 and are idealfor ninia-
tu"e twttings artd sintpledecorntions.
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAKING
A DRIED VASEFR()MA BANKSIA
FLOWER SEEDP()D t
1
Hollowing outthepod I
I Mounttheoodbetween centersand
usea spindle gouge to prepare oneendfor I
thelatheheadstock. In thiscase, thepod
is attached to theheadstock witha three- I
waysplitringchuck(page93).Beginby
roughing outtheoutside shape of theves- I
sel.Tohollow it out,mount a Jacobs chuck
i n t h et a i l s t o cakn di n s t a a
llsoadb e i ti n I
thechuck.Reduce thelatheto itsslowest
soeed andadvance thetailstock untilthe I
bit contacts theood.Thenturnthetail-
stockhandwheel to hollow outthepodto I
thedesireddeplh(right).Borethe hole
s l o w ltyo a v o i d a m a g i nt hgep i e c e . I
I
I
I
I
I
LJZ I
I
I
I TURNING PROIECTS
I
I thepod
Shaping
O n c et h e i n s i d eo f t h e p o di s h o l l o w e d
I o u t , u s ea s p i n d l eg o u g et o f i n i s ht h e
s h a p eo f t h e o u t s i d eC. u t d o w n h i lwl i t h
t t h e b e v erl u b b i n ga n dt h e f l u t ef a c i n gt h e
directionof the cut; you mayhaveto stop
I p e r i o d i c a ltloy r e m o v see e d sf r o mt h e p e r -
f o r a t i o n isn t h e p o d .Y o um a ya l s or u n
I i n t os o m ew o o l l yf i b e r so n d i f f e r e nat r e a s
o f t h e p o d ;t u r nt h e mo f f u n l e s st h e yr u n
I t o od e e p ,i n w h i c hc a s ei t i s b e s t o l e a v e
t h e mo n t h e f i n i s h e dp i e c eW . h e ny o ua r e
I d i t ht h e s h a p eo f t h e p o d ,s a n d
s a t i s f i ew
and f inishthe piece(page108).
I
t
I
I
I A TAGUA
TURNING NUT
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
'l r) Turning the nut
I Mountthe nutto the lathe
I C u ta g l u eb l o c kt o t h e s h a p es h o w na b o v ea n ds c r e wi t t o a f a c e p l a t eM. a r ka L Postltonthe tool restalongside the
s e r i e so f c o n c e n t r i rci n g sa r o u n dt h e c e n t e ro f t h e b l o c kt o h e l pp o s i t i o nthenut. w o r k p i e caen d u s ea s p i n d l eg o u g et o
I F l a t t e on n ee n d o f t h e t a g u an u t w i t h a c h i s e o l r a s a n d i n gb l o c k .S p r e a dg l u e shapethe nuI (above). Sincethey have
o n t h e e n d o f t h e n u t a n d p r e s si t a g a i n stth e g l u eb l o c k ,p o s i t i o n i n t hge n u ts o n o g r a i n ,t a g u an u t sa r er e l a t i v e leya s y
I t h a t a s m u c ho f i t a s p o s s i b l e i s w i t h i no n eo f t h e r i n g s( a b o v e )F. o ra s o l i db o n d , t o t u r n ,b u t y o um u s ts t i l l k e e pt h e b e v -
l u eo r f i v e - m i n u teep o x y0. n c et h e g l u eh a sd r i e d ,
u s eg a p - f i l l i n cgy a n o a c r y l agt e e l r u b b i n gt o c o n t r oyl o u rc u t s .
I s c r e wt h e f a c e p l a t et o t h e l a t h eh e a d s t o c k .
I
I r33
I
 I
TABLETOPS I
I
Theoutboardspindleon the Wadkin
I
Bursgreen latheshownin thephotoat
Ieftprovidessufficientswingto accom-
I
modatelargeturnings,like this round
mahoganytabletop,designed for a small
I
pedestaltableor a candlestand.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
TURNING
A TABLETOP
I
1 Shaping theunderside
I Usea bandsawto cutyourblankintoa circleslightly I
larger thanthefinished diameter of thetabletop. Turnthe
underside first,asshownat right,thenshapethetopsur- I
tace(step2). Fashen a glueblock(page85)to eachside
o f t h e b l a n ka n da f a c e p l a t eo o n eo f t h eb l o c k sa, n d I
screwthefaceplate ontheoutboard spindle of thelathe.
Position thetoolrestat a 45" angleto thecorner of the I
blankandtruethecircumference wrtha bowlor spindle
gouge. To chamfer the circumference, rollthegouge I
sothe right-hand sideof the bladeis onthetoolrestwith
t h ef l u t ep o i n t i nugp a t a 4 5 " a n g l ei n t h ed i r e c t i oonf I
the cut. Starting on the bottomof thetabletop about
% inchfromthe cornerof the blank,advance thetool I
untilthe bevelrubson thestock.Raise thetoolhandle
untiltheedgeis cutting, thenmovethetoolto therightto I
chamfer thecorner(right).Repeat thecut,rounding the
corneruntilyouaresatisfied with its shape.Smooth the I
underside witha f latscraper, asshownin step3, then
makea cut onthecircumference of theoutside glueblock I
to besureit is perfectly centered onthepiece.Sandthe
surface, turnoffthe lathe,andmarka series of concentric I
ringsontheglueblockto helpcenterit on thefaceplate
whenyoureverse thepieceforstep2. I
T
134 I
I
I
I TURNING PROIECTS
T
I r) Shaping the rim
r Z . R . r o u . t h e f a c e p l a tfer o mt h e w o r k p i e c e
t o t h e b o t t o mg l u eb l o c k c, e n t e r i ntgh e b l o c k w
t h, e nr e a t t a c h
i t ht h e r i n g sy
it
ou
m a r k e di n s t e p1 . S c r e wt h e f a c e p l a tteo t h e o u t b o a r d s p i n d le
I a n dt u r n o n t h e l a t h e .U s ea g o u g e
t o c u t a w a yt h e g l u e b l o c k
o n t h e t o p ,t h e nm a k ea l i g h tc u t a c r o s tsh e t o p t o t r u e t h e s u r-
I f a c e .N o wd e f i n et h e r i m . I n t h i s e x a m p l em, o s to f t h e s u r f a c e
w i l l b e r e c e s s e dl e, a v i n ga r a i s e dr i m . S t a r t i n g a b o u t/ ' i n c h
I , e g i nc u t t i n ga r e c e sfsr o m
f r o mt h e c i r c u m f e r e n oc fet h e b l a n k b
r f t h et o p .T h i sc u t r u n s
t o w a r d tsh e c e n t e o
r i g h t o l e f t ,w o r k i n g
I p a r t i a l lay c r o s tsh e g r a i n T. o m a k et h e c u t t i n ga b i t e a s i e r ,
r o t a t et h e g o u g eo n c ey o u h a v ee x t e n d e tdh e r e c e s sp a r t w a y
I a c r o s tsh et o p s ot h ef l u t ef a c e st h e r i g h t - h a nedd g eo f t h e b l a n k .
C u t i n t ot h e w a s t ef r o mt h e o t h e rs i d e ,b i t i n go f f a b o u t% i n c h
I o f s t o c kw i t h e a c hc u t ( r i g h t )C . o n t i n u ei n t h i s m a n n e ru n t t l

t y o u h a v er e m o v e dm o s to f t h e w a s t ea n d t h e r e c e s si s a b o u t
' / i n c hd e e p .

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
therecess
Flattening
I U s ea f l a t s c r a p etro s m o o t ht h e s u r f a c eo f t h e t a b l e t o p t a c tt h er i ma t t w op o i n t sU. s ea t a p em e a s u rt o
e c h e c kt h e
S t a r t i n ga t t h e c e n t e ro f t h e t o p , s e tt h e s c r a p ebr l a d ef l a t o n o an h o l r n r o o ni h p p d o p a n d t h p t a h l p f n n a l s p v e r a l n o i n t s
T t h et o o lr e s t .P i v o t h e h a n d l eu p a n da d v a n cteh e t o o lu n t i l
6uP
uuLvvv!l

(above,righil. Conlinuecuttinguntil the depthof the recess

t h e b u r ri s c u t t i n gt h e w o o d .K e e p i n tgh e e d g eo f t h e s c r a p e r i s u n i f o r ma l l a c r o s st h e t o p .T h e nu s ea g o u g et o c l e a nu p
I s q u a r et o t h e t o p ,m o v et h e t o o lt o t h e r i g h t ,r e m o v i nags m a l l n e t w e e tnh e r i m a n d t h e r e c e s si,f n e c e s s a r y .
t h e t r a n s i t i ob
a m o u n to f s t o c ka n d t r y i n gt o k e e pt h e s u r f a c ee u e n( a b o v e , S a n da n d f i n i s ht h e I o p ( p a g e1 0 8 ) ,t h e n r e m o v et h e p i e c e
I /eft)C . o n t i n u ue n t i lt h e c u t m e e t st h e r a i s e dr i m y o ud e f i n e d f r o mt h e l a t h ea n d u s ea s a wo r c h i s e lt o r e m o v et h e g l u e
i n s t e p2 . T o c h e c kt h e d e p t ho f c u t a s y o ug o ,h o l da s t r a i g h t - b l o c k .S a n da w a ya n yt r a c e so f t h e b l o c ka n d f i n i s ht h e
I e d g ea c r o s tsh e m i d d l eo f t h e w o r k p i e c em. a k i n gs u r et o c o n - u n d e r s i doef t h e t o p .

I
I
t
 t
LAMINATEDBOWLS I
I
Populnrizedlty wood turrrcrDale
I
Nislr,tlrc techniqueof adding cott-
trastirtgwood verreers to bowlscan
t
be usedto createa wique desigt.The
lorrtirtatetlbowl shownin tlreplrcto at
I
right wctsturnedf'orrt cherryand two
stripsof slrcp-nrndepnu ferro vetrcer. I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TURNING
A TAMINATED
BOWL
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
1I Preparine
theblank I
I Outline t h e b o w lo n v o u rb l a n ka n dm a r kt h e l o c a t i oonf t h e a t h i n c o a to f g l u eo n b o t hs i d e so f t h e v e n e ear n d o n t h e c u t
v e n e esr t r i p st;h e l i n e ss h o u l dr u nr o u g h l py a r a l l et ol t h eg r a i no f e d g e so f t h e b l a n kT. h e n ,r e a s s e m bal e
n dc l a m pt h e b l a n kw i t h
I
theblankB . a n ds a wa l o n gt h e l i n e s s, e p a r a t i nt hge b l a n ki n t o the veneerstripsin the kerfs.Useas manyclampsas necessary to
t h r e e n i p r ^ p s ,( u
ahv vn vv p
u , l c f f ) \ e n d , i h p e r r t p_ d_ ooo_c_ tJ Or e m o v e a n y a p p l ye v e np r e s s u r eB. e c a u s teh e k e r f sa r ec u r v e d ,i t m a y b e
I
r i d g e sl e f tb y t h e s a wb l a d e .N o w ,p r e p a r tew o l e n g t h o s f com- necessary to applyan additional clampperpendicular to the others
mercialor shop-made veneerslightlylongerthanthe cuts.Spread to keepthe piecesfromslidingoutof alignmenl(above, right).
I
I
r36 I
I
I
I TURNING PROTECTS
I
I r) Turningthe bottom
L O n r " t h eg l u eh a sc u r e dc, u t t h eb l a n k
t i n t oa c i r c l ea l o n gt h e m a r k e do u t l i n eo n
the bandsaw.Next,usea faceplate(page
I 8 4 ) t o m o u n tt h e b l a n ko n t h e l a t h e ' s
h e a d s t o cskp i n d l e S . t a r tb y p r e p a r i ntgh e
I b a s ef o r m o u n t i n gs o y o uc a n h o l l o wo u t
t t h e i n s i d eo f t h e b o w li n s t e p3 . I n t h i s
case,a dovetailed recessfor a scrollchuck
w a sc u t i n t h e b a s ew i t h a s i d e - c u t t i n g
I skewscraper(page101).Thenshapethe
b o t t o mo f t h e b o w lu s i n gs t a n d a r d bowl-
I t u r n i n gt e c h n i q u e fsi,r s tr o u n d i ntgh e c o r -
t n e ro f t h e b l a n k a , n dt h e ns h a p i n g
outsidewalls (page98). CUIfrom the bot-
the

t tom towardthe top of the bowl,keeping the

b e v e rl u b b i n ga n dt h e f l u t ep o i n t e di n t h e
directionof the cut (right).Whenyouare
I s a t i s f i e dw i t h t h e s h a p eo f t h e o u t s i d e ,
s a n da n df i n i s ht h e s u r f a c e .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t t) Hollowine outthe bowl
r . J R e v e r steh e b o w la n d m o u n ti t o n t h e
I l a t h ew i t ha s c r o lcl h u c k .P o s i t i otnh e t o o l
r e s tp a r a l l etlo t h e r i m a n d b e g i nh o l l o w -
I i n go u t t h e b o w lw i t h a b o w lg o u g es, t a r t -
i n g l u s tt o t h e l e f to f c e n t e ra n d c u t t i n g
I in to thecenterM . o v et h e g o u g es l r g h t l y
t o t h e l e f ta n dc u t i n a g a i nG . r a d u a lw l yo r k
I y o u rw a yo u t t o t h e r i m , r e m o v i nm g ost
o f t h e w a s t ea n d m a k i n gs u r et h a t e a c h
I cut is madefromleftto right.Finishshap-
i n gt h e b o w lc u t t i n gf r o mt h e r i m t o t h e
I center(left).0ncethe bowlis hollowed
hp qhoar q ;{ ^^^^^
nrrt it n:n - -a. d
r ^p^c^ur,
I s a r y s, a n d e da, n df i n i s h e d .
ll lltrutr)-

I
r t37
t
 I
LAMINATEDPLATES I
I
Thelaminatedplateshownin the I
photoat right wasmadewith purple-
heartand a pau amarelloinsertbor- I
deredby twostripsof zebrawood. The
techniquefor turningsucha pieceis
I
presentedbelowand on thenextpage.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
TURNING
A LAMINATED
PTATE
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
1 Preparing theblank
I
I Cuttwo l-inch-thick blanks: oneforthemainpartof the o f t h eb l a n kas r ea l i g n e dO. u t l i n e
t h ef i n a ls h a p eo f t h e
plateanda narrower pieceof contrasting stockforthe insert. i n s e rot n t h eb o a r d 'tso pf a c ew i t ha p e n c i lC. u ta l o n gt h e
A p p l ya f e ws t r i p so f d o u b l e - s i dteadp et o t h e p l a t eb l a n k lineson the bandsaw,cuttingthroughbothboards(above, I
overtheareawherethe insertwill be located andfastenthe right).Sandthecut edgesto eliminate anyridgesleftbythe
insertin place(above, left);makesurethe edgesandends sawblade.
I
I
138 I
I
I
t TURNING PROIECTS
I
I r) Assembling the blank
Z p r ut h e i n s e r ot f f t h e b l a n ka n d d i s -
I c a r dt h e w a s t ep i e c e sP . r e p a r tew o s t r i p s
of commercial o r s h o p - m a dvee n e e ar s
I w i d ea s t h e t h i c k n e s s h e b l a n k sa n da t
o f t
leastas long.Assemble the blankon a work
I surface, placing the veneer stripsalongside

t t h e i n s e rat n dt h e n
c u t sf r o mt h e p l a t e
a
b
d
l a
d
n
i n
k
g
G
.
t h e t w oo u t s i d e
l u ea n dc l a m p
(page
t the pieces together 136). Oncethe
a d h e s i vhea sc u r e d ,t r i m t h e e n d so f t h e
v e n e efrl u s hw i t ht h e e d g e so f t h e b l a n k s ,
I t h e n c u t a c i r c l eo u t o f t h e a s s e m b l y
t h e d i a m e t eor f t h e f i n i s h e dp l a t eo n t h e
I D a n os a w .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
') Turnins thenlate
I <.
r.J Secure theplateonthelatheusing
thefaceplate witha glueblockor double-
I sidedtape (page 85).Turnthe bottomof
theplatefirst,cutting fromthecenter to
I t h er i m ,t h e nf l a t t e nt h e b o t t o mw i t ha
s q u a r e - esncdr a p eN r .e x t p, r e p a rteh e
I h a s ps n i h p n i e c ec a n b e r e v e r s eadn d
c h u c k e tdo h o l l o wo u tt h e i n s i d eU . s i n ga
I b o w lg o u g et,u r nt h e i n s i d em , o v i n gf r o m
t h e r i m t o t h e c e n t e r( / e f f )S
. a n da n df i n -
I i s h t h e o i e c e .t h e n r e v e r s e it to finish
s h a p i n tgh e b o t t o mu, s i n ga c o m m e r c i a l
I scrollchuckwith rubberposls(page110).

I
I
t
 I
I
GLOSSARY
I
A-B-C Convex A rounded, raisedshape, Fingernail grind: The curved shape
I
Baluster: A vertical post that runs such asthe outsideof a bowl. ground on the edgeofa turning
betweenthe handrail and the treads gouge;so-calledbecausethe profile
t
of a staircase;may be turned, carved, Cove:A concavedetail turned in is similar to the curve on the end of
or chamfered. spindlework. Seebead. a fingernail. I
Bead:A convexshapeturned in Cuttingtoot Anyturning tool used Finiat A turned or carvedornament I
spindlework; Seecove. to shapeworkpiecesin turning; that adornsthe top ofa bedpost,
includesskewchisels,roughing stair baluster,turned box, or a piece I
Bevet The sloping surfaceat the tip gouges,bowl gouges,and spindle of furniture.
of a turning toolt blade. gouges.Seescrapingtool.
Flute Concavechannels,usually
t
Billet A short length of wood. D-E-F-G-H.I
Dead center:A fixed centermount-
evenlyspaced,carvedalongthe length
of spindle turnings such aschair legs
I
Blank A length or block of wood ed in the tailstock of a lathe to sup- and balusters.Seereed.Also,the
usedfor turning. port spindlework. Seelive center. curvein the bladeof a tool.
I
Burnishing: The last stepin sharp- Dovetaift A shapethat is formed Grain: The arrangementand direc- I
ening a scraperblade,usuallyper- to join a blank for faceplateturning tion of the fibersthat makeup wood.
formed with a metal rod calleda to a chuckby meansof a tapered I
burnisher;forms a burr on the blade. recessin the blank that mateswith Greenwood: Wood that hasnot
Burr: A small ridge createdon the
the expandingor contractingjaws beendried. I
ofthe chuck.
flat faceof turning tool bladesasa
result of sharpeningor burnishing. Downhill cutting: In spindle work,
Grit The densityand sizeof abra-
siveparticleson a pieceof sandpa-
I
cutting with the grain rather than per or a grindingwheel.
Cabriole leg: A type of furniture leg againstit; working from a high point
t
characterizedby rounded contours to a low point. Headstock The fixed end of a lathe
designedto imitate the gracefulleg incorporating the drive spindle; I
of a leapinganimal. Drive center:A two- or four- connectedto the motor by one or
pronged centermounted in the more drive belts.Seetailstock. I
Chuck An accessorymounted in headstockofa lathe to securea
the headstockor tailstockofa lathe workpiece for spindle turning. Hollowgrind: A slightly concave I
to hold a blank for turning. bevelground on the cutting edgeof
Collet chuclc A chuck or turning
End grain: The endsof the wood
fibersin a workpiece.
a turning tool by a grinding wheel. I
accessorywith contractingor ex-
panding jaws to hold work for face- Faceplateturning: A turning tech-
Indexinghead: An accessoryon
somelathesthat enablesthe head-
I
plate turning. nique in which the grain of the work- stockto be rotated manually bv
pieceis perpendicularto the lathe's equalincrements.
I
Combination chuck: A multipur- axis;the workpieceis usuallyonly
posechuck with interlocking parts mounted to the headstockof the t-K-r-M-N-O-P,Q I
that enableit to be usedasany of machine.Seespindleturning. fig: A devicefor guiding a tool or
severaldifferent types ofchuik. holding a workpiecein position. t
Fillet A flat sectionon a spindle
Concave A rounded, depressed
shape,such asthe inside of a bowl.
turning betweenrounded elements. Kickback The tendencyof a cutting I
tool to be thrown back in the direc-
tion of the operator. I
I
I
I
I
140 I
I
I
t
I
I Lathe capacity: The distance Pumice:A volcanicrock that is Split turning: A turning technique
betweencenterson a lathe aswell ground to a powdery consistenry in which a blank is cut into halvesor
I astwice the distancebetweenhead- for useasan abrasive. quarters,then glued back together
stock spindle and lathe bed; limits and turned; the finished turning is
I the length of spindlework that R-S then easytopryapart.
can be mounted on the machine. Radiused skew: A skewchisel fea-
I Seeswing. turing a curved cutting edgerather Steadyrest: A lathe accessorythat
than a straight one; helpsavoid slidesalong the lathe bed to hold
I Live center: A ball-bearingcenter contactwith points. a long workpiecesteady.
mounted in the tailstock of a lathe
I to support spindlework; bearings
allow centerto spin with the work.
Reed:An evenlyspaced,conYex
embellishmentcarvedalong the
Swing: Twicethe distancebetween
the headstockspindleand lathe bed.
Seedeadcenter. length of spindleturnings suchas
I chair legsand balusters.Seeflute. T-U-V-W.X-Y-Z
Morse taper: A taperedshaft on Tailstock The adjustableend of a
I lathe centersand chucksthat match- Reverse-profiletemplate A shop- lathe that slidesalong the lathe bed
esa reversetaper in the headstock made templatemade ofwood or and incorporatesthe tailstock spin-
I or tailstock,holding the centeror plasticshapedto the desiredprofile dle. Seeheadstock.
chuck in placewith a friction fit. of a turning; usedto turn multiple
I copiesof the sameshape. Thper:A sloping cut on a spindle
Parting off: Cutting a turning to turning that decreases
its thickness
I length on the lathe with a parting
tool or skewchiseland removing it
Scrapingtooh A turning tool that
removesstockwith a burr; usedto
at one end.

I while the machine is still running. shapebowls,plates,and other face-

platework. Seecutting tool.
Tearout The tendencyofa bladeto
tear the fibers of the wood, rather
PartingtooL A cutting tool used than cutting them cleanly,leaving
t to make sizingcuts and part off Shearscraping:A turning technique raggededgeson the workpiece.
workpieces. in which a scraperis usedwith its
I edgeat approximately45" to the Tool rest An adiustablestandthat
Peelingcut A roughing-out tech- blank; the burr of the scraperis drawn slidesalong the iathe bed, providing
I nique in spindlework that uses lightly acrossthe work to producea a frrlcrum point for a turning tool.
the heel of a skewchiselto remove smooth surface.
I stock quickly. Urn: A decorativeelementturned in
Sizingcut A cut with a parting tool spindlework; often part of a finial.
I Planingcut A final smoothing cut
with a skewchiselin spindlework
to a specificdepth.
Veneer:A thin layerof decorative
designedto createa surfacethat SkewchisehA cutting tool with an wood usedto dressup a more com-
I needslittle sanding. angledcutting edgebeveledon both mon speciesof wood.
sides;usedto makebasicand deco-
I Pole lathe: An earlyversionof the rative spindle cuts. Wheel dresser:A deviceusedto
lathe poweredby atreadle attached true the working surfaceof a grind-
I to a pole or tree saplingby means Spindle turning: A turning tech- ing wheel and exposefreshabrasive.
ofa cord. nique in which the grain of the
I workpieceis parallelto the lathe's
PommeL A rounded shoulderpro- axis;the workpieceis held between
I duced in spindle work; servesto centersin the tailstockand head-
separatesquareand cylindrical sec- stock.Also known asturning be-
I tions of a workpiece. tweencenters.Seefaceplateturning.

I
I
I
I
I t4l
t
 I
INDEX r
I
Pagereferences in italicsindicatean illus- Spindleturning E-F-G-H-I
I
tration of subjectmatter. Pagereferencesin column-fluting routerjigs for the End-grainturning,ll7
bold indicatea Build It Yourselfproject. Iathe.76-77 Goblets,l20-123 t
handlesfor turning tools,7l Heat-freesandingpads(Shop
A-B-C-D
Arbor screwchucks,23
Turning tools
gouge-sharpening jigs, 39
Tip), 125
Liddedboxes,116, 124-128
t
Art objects,8 handlesfor turning tooIs,back Weedpots,129-131
Natural-top bowls, -l.l1-.l15 endpaper,Tl Faceplate turning, 7, 83 I
SeealsoDecorative techniques storageracks,25 Centeringjigs
Balls(designelements),69 Cabriolelegs,1 18-119 center-findingjigs,87 I
Bandsaws: Calipers,27,57 faceplate-cent eringjigs,87
Lighting requirements,front endpaper
Banksiaseedpods, 132-133
Carvingtechniques,73, 75, 78
Column-fluting jigs,76-77
Lathespeed,/ront endpaper
Mounting blanks,23,83, 84
I
Beads(designelements),68-69 Centerfinders,26,27, 87 double-sidedtape,86
Belt sanders: Chisels.SeeTurningtools faceplates, 84 I
Sharpeningturning tools (Shop Chucks,83,84 glueblocks,85, 109-110
Tifl,al
Benchgrinders.SeeGrinders
Arbor screwchucks.23
Collet chucks,95
paperjoints,85 I
Seea/soChucks
Blanks,13 Contractionchucks,90-91
Laminated,49,136,138-139 Dovetailchucks,23
SeealsoBowl turning
Fillets(designelements),70
I
Mounting,23,83,84 Jacobschucks,23, 93 Finials,70,127
double-sidedtape,86 Pin chucks,23,94 Finishes, 79,81,83 I
faceplates,84 Screwchucks,23, 92 Finishingtechniques,79
glueblocks, 85, 109-110
paperjoints,85
Scrollchucks,23,88,89,110
Spigotchucks,23
Bowl turning
inside,105-108, 115
r
spindleturning,49-50 Three-waysplit-ring chucks,23, 93 o u t s i d e1, 0 2 , 1 0 9 , 1 1 5
SeealsoChucks Collet chucla, 95 Sanding,79, 80 I
Roundingblanks, 98,112 Compasses,2T heat-freesandingpads(Shop
Thin blanks,63
Bowls:
Contractionchucks,90-91
Coves(designelements),64-65
Tip), 125
Spindleturnings,8l
t
Finishes,83,108 Covedshouldercuts,59 Flutes(designelements),73, 75
Laminated,136-137 LV[nOers,5J-J) Column-fluting router jigs for the
I
Natural-topbowls,llI Decorativetechniques,64, ll7, 124 lathe,76-77
SeealsoBowlturning Balls(designelements),69 Glaser,|erry: I
Bowlturning, 96-97 Banksiaseedpods,132-133 Turning tools,2I
Bases,23,82
dovetailedrecesses, l0l
Beads(designelements),66-68
Coves(designelements),64-65
Goblets,120-123
Gouges.SeeTurning tools
t
flatteningthe bottom, 100,114 Fillets(designelements),70 Grinders, 32-33,34,35
gluejoints,ll0 Finials,70,127 Lightingand spacerequirements, I
Inside Flutes(designelements),73, 75,76-77 front endpaper
finishing,105-108,115
hollowing, 103-105,1 13-I 14
Lamination,49, ll7, 136-139
Preservingsquareshoulders
Wet/drygrinders,32,41
Wheels.36
I
making a depth hole (ShopTip), 105 (ShopTip), 59
Natural-topbowls,I-l l-l 15 Reeds(designelements),73, 78 I-K-L
I
Outside Spindlecuts,58 Jacobschucks,23, 93
finishing,102,109,115 Split.turnings,73-74
usingcompressionrings (Shop
Jigs: t
shaping,98-99,109,113 Bowl turning
Roundingblanks, 98,112
SeealsoBowls
Tip),74
Taguanuts,132,133
depth gauges,106
Faceplateturning
t
Boxes,J16,124-128 Vases(designelements),68 center-findingjigs,87
Build It Yourself: Wood peginserts,-l3I faceplate-centeringjigs, 87 I
Bowl turning SeealsoArt obiects Lathes
depth gauges,106
Contractionchucla, 90-91
Depthgauges,2T
Dovetailchucks.23
dust hoodsfor the lathe.29 I
threadingaccessories, 23
Lathes Drive centers,24
dusthoods,29 Sharpeningdrive centers(Shop
Spindleturning
column-flutingrouter jigs for
I
stands.18-19 Tip),24 thelathe,T6-77
commercialcenterfinders,26, 27 I
layouttools for multiple turnings
(ShopTip), 72 I
I
t42 I
I
I
I
r
t shop-madecenterfinders(Shop Screwchucks,23, 92 Tapers,56-58
Tip),52 Scrollchucks,23, 88,89,110 Tenons,62
I Turning tools Sharpeningtechniques,33 Thin blanks.63
commercialsharpeningjigs, 42,44 Bevels,34 Splittwnings, 73-74
I gouge-sharpening
tool rests,35
jigs, 39 Gouges
bowl gouges,37,4.1
Usingcompression
Tip),74
rings(Shop

fordan,fohn, 8-9 gouge-sharpening jigs,39 Squareshouldercuts,60

I Klein,Bonnie,10-17,ll7 roughing-out gouges,j7, j8 Preservingsquareshoulders(Shop
Laminationtechniques, ll7 , 136-139 spindlegouges,37,40 Tip),59
I Sandwichblanks,49 Grinding,34,37 Tabletops,134-135
Lathes,13,14-15 Microbevels.43 Taguanuts,132,133
I Adjustinglatheheight(ShopTip), 17
Checkingthe bearingfor runout, 26
Partingtools,37,44
Radiusedskews,37,42
Tapers,56-58
Tenons.62
Drive assemblies,.15 Ringtoolq 37,44 Three-waysplit-ring chucks,2i, 93
I Dusthoods,29 Scrapers,33,34,37,45 Tool rests,l6
Headstockassemblies. 15 burnishinga scraper(ShopTip), 45 Dressing,l7
I Klein DesignMiniature Lathe,
10-1t,117
round-nosedsctapers,37,45
Sharpeningwith a belt sander
figs,35
Tools:
Lightingand spacerequirements, (ShopTip), 4l Dial indicators,26
I front endpaper Skewchisels,3Z 42 Measuringand marking tools,26-27
Speed,front endpaper, 30 SeealsoGrinders sizingtools,56
I Stands,18-19 ShopTips: usingpresetcalipers(ShopTip), 57
Tool rests.l6-17 Accessories,24 Sharpening tools,34-35
t Troubleshooting, backendpaper
Wadkin Bursgreenlathes, 15,134
Bowl turning, I05
Finishingtechniques,125
SeealsoBandsaws;Belt sanders;
Grinders;Routers;Tool rests;
Weighingdown a lathe (ShopTip), 16 Lathe settp, 16,17 Turningtools
t SeealsoChucks;Drive centers; Sharpeningtechniques,41,45 Turningtools,2l
Turningtools Spindleturning,52,57, 59,72,74 Basictool kits.21
I Legs,46
Cabriolelegs,118-119
Spigotchucks,23
Spindleturning,7, 12,47-48,51-52,53
Beadingtools, 68
Bevels.34
Covedshouldercuts,59 Balls(designelements),69
I Liddedboxes,l16, 124-128 Beads(designelements),66-68
Cutting tools, 120-21
Gouges
Carvingtechniqtes,T3, 75,78 bowl gouges,37,41,9G98
I M-N-O-P-Q-R column-fluting jigs,76-77 roughing-out gouges,37,38
Mounting techniques.SeeBlanks: Coves(designelements),64-65 spindlegouges,37,40, 66
I Mounting; Chucks
Natural-topbowls,111-115
covedshouldercuts,59
Lvllnders. 5J-55
Handles,backendpaper,
Partingtools,37,44
47,7 |

Nish,Dale,136 Duplicate turnings, T2 sizingtools,56

I Off-centerturning, I l7 layouttools for multiple turnings Radiusedskews,i7,42
Cabriolelegs,118-119 (ShopTip), 72 Ringtools, 37,44
I Pin chucks,23, 94
Plates:
Fillets(designelements),70
Finishing,81
Scrapers,22
round-nosedscrapers,37,45
Laminated,138-139 Groovingcuts,58
I Pommels.6l Handlesfor turning tooIs,back
Skewchisels,37,42,67
Specialtytools,22
Protectiveclothing,28 endpaper,47,7l Storageracks,25
t Reeds(designelements), 73, 78 Lathespeed,/ront endpaper Troubleshooting,backendpaper
Routers: Mountingblanks,49-50 SeealsoSharpeningtechniques
t Column-fluting jigs for the lathe,
76-77
Partingoff,62
Peelingcuts,55 v-w-x-y-z
Pommels.6.l Vases(containers).SeeWeedpots
I S-T-U Shop-madecenterfinders(Shop Vases(designelements),68
Safetyprecautions,28-29 Tip),52 Wadkin Bursgreenlathes,15,134
I Sanding,79,80
Heat-freesandingpads(Shop
Split.turnings,73-74
usingcompressionrings (Shop
Weedpots,129-131
Banksiaseedpods,132-133
t Tip), 125
Scarpino,Betty,6-7
Tip),74
Squareshouldercuts,60
Wood, 13,3I,117
Drying,lll
Natural-topbowl, 1l I preservingsquareshoulders Grain,52
I Scrapers,22 (ShopTip), 59 Green,31, .lI I
Sharpening,33, 34,37,45
I burnishinga scraper(ShopTip), 45

I
I t43
I
 I
I
I
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
t
Theeditorswishto thank thefollowing I
BusyBeeMachineTools,Mississauga,
SETTINGUP
Ont.; CabotSafetyCorp., Southbridge,MA; Delta International
I
Machinery/Porter-Cable,Guelph,Ont.; GlaserEngineeringCo., Inc., El Segundo,CA; LeeValleyTools,
Ottawa,Ont.; NewmanTools Inc., Montreal, Que.;PackardWoodworks,Tryon, NC; RacalHealth and I
SafetyInc.,Frederick,MD; RecordToolsInc.,Pickering,Ont.; 3M CanadaInc.,London,Ont.;
Woodcraft SupplyCorp., Parkersburg,WV; Woodturner'sWorld, Gabriola,B.C. I
SHARPENING
AdjustableClamp Co., Chicago,IL; Black& Decker/EluPowerTools,Towson,MD; I
Guelph,Ont.; LeeValleyTools,Ottawa,Ont.;
Delta InternationalMachinery/Porter-Cable,
NewmanToolsInc.,Montreal,Que.;RecordToolsInc.,Pickering,Ont.;
Unicorn Abrasivesof Canada,Brockville,Ont.; Woodturner'sWorld, Gabriola,B.C.
t
SPINDLETURNING I
AdjustableClamp Co., Chicago,IL; AmericanTool Cos.,Lincoln, NE; Delta International
Machinery/Porter-Cable, Guelph,Ont.; GreatNeck SawMfrs. Inc. (Buck Bros.Division),
Millbury, MA; LeeValleyTools,Ottawa,Ont.; RecordTools Inc., Pickering,Ont.;
t
StanleyTools,Division of the StanleyWorks, New Britain, CT; Vermont AmericanCorp.,
Lincolnton, NC and Louisville,KY; Woodcraft SupplyCorp., Parkersburg,'vW; I
Woodturner'sWorld, Gabriola,B.C.

FACEPLATETURNING
I
AdjustableClampCo.,Chicago,IL; BettyScarpino,Indianapolis,IN; BusyBeeMachineTools,
Guelph,Ont.; LeeValleyTools,Ottawa,
Ont.; Delta InternationalMachineryiPorter-Cable,
Mississauga, I
Ont.; PackardWoodworks,Tryon, NC; RacalHealth and SafetyInc., Frederick,MD; RecordTools Inc.,
Pickering,Ont.; SandvikSawsand Tools Co., Scranton,PA; Sears,Roebuckand Co., Chicago,IL;
. Woodcraft SupplyCorp., Parkersburg,WV; Woodturner'sWorld, Gabriola,B.C.
I
TURNINGPROJECTS I
AdjustableClamp Co., Chicago,IL; AmericanTool Cos.,Lincoln, NE; BusyBeeMachineTools,
Ont.; Delta InternationalMachinery/Porter-Cable,
Mississauga, Guelph,Ont.; RecordTools Inc.,
Pickering,Ont.; StanleyTools,Division of the StanleyWorks, New Britain, CT
I
in thepreparationofthis book:
Thefollowingpersonsalsoassisted r
ElizabethCameron,LorraineDor6, Graphor Consultation,Carollm|ackson,HeatherMills I
I
PICTURECREDITS
t
CoverRobertChartier
6,7 Tom Casalini
8,9 Mark Tucker
I
10,1l RaymondGendreau
2l CourtesyGlaserEngineeringCo. I
l1l CourtesyBettyScarpino
117CourtesyKlein Design,Inc. I
I
I
I
I
I
t44 t
I
I
t
I WORKSHO
GPU I D E
I TURI{ING
TROUBLESHOOTING
CHART

I PROBLEM REMEDY
Toolcutspoorly Testsharpness andbevelangleof edgeandregrind or sharpen.
I Chafter
marksonstock Reduce speedandmovetoolrestcloser to workpiece,supportfragilepieceswithone
hand,orchange cuttingangle. Makesurebevel of cuttingtoolrubsgenilyandtake
I a lightercut;makecertain scraper bladeis flatontoolrest.
Toolcatches
onstock Positiontoolrestcloser
to workpiece ortrya different
cuttingangleortool.Whenusing
I a cuttingtool,makesurethebevelrubsandchange thelocation of cutonthecutting
edge;usrng a scraper,
makecertain thebladeisflatontherest;adiust toolansleso
I burrcutsslightlyabovecenter.
Toolmarksonstock Sandwitha coarser abrasiveorswitchto a power sander, thensandwithprogressivelyfinergrits
I Wobble Check thatblankischucked properly or,forspindle work,tighten tailstock.
t Glicking
sound Inspecttheworkpiece
piecebyhandto ensure
forvisible screws, knots,
thatit is nothitting
orchecks alongthegrain.Turnthe
thelathebedorthetoolrest,then
adjustortruetheblankasnecessary.
I 0thersounds,
suchas Makelighter cuts;inspectlathemountings andbearings; reduce lathespeeo;
rattling
orwhining
I supportthinworkwithonehand.

I
I TOOL
HANDTES
Todesign yourownhandles forturn- Thesmaller handle istypically
used Remember
I ingtools,youcanreferto theillustra- with%-inch turningtools,
whilethe hardwood
to choose a dense,
suchasashor hickory,
strong
oth-
tionbelowasa guide.Twosizesof larger
handle isusedwith%-inchtools. e r w i syeo ur i s kt h ec h a n cteh a tt h e
I standard-strength
toolhandles are Forcomplete instructions
on howto handle mayspliteventually.
showndrawnto scale. turna toolhandle,seepage71.
I
I Holefor round-
eection tanq
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 5TANDARD-OTRENGTH
TOOLHANDLE?(scale 1:2)

I
t